diff options
| author |  Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org> | 2015-02-04 08:00:33 -0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org> | 2015-02-04 08:00:33 -0800 |
| commit | 22949a0004c062f9d2128b6726df8551fbf833e3 (patch) | |
| tree | 717a242c1dd6df1d86c40bfbb6f9dbb7563a7e11 /Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git | |
| parent | 06e2dde508984b07d548b52c9790f1d3a614acdf (diff) | |
| download | subsurface-22949a0004c062f9d2128b6726df8551fbf833e3.tar.gz | |
Update to pre-built user manualsv4.4.0
And disable Russian manual for the moment - it's too old
Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git')
| -rw-r--r-- | Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git | 10179 |
1 files changed, 5586 insertions, 4593 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git b/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git index ff321c27a..b753b9852 100644 --- a/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git +++ b/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git @@ -1,4593 +1,5586 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" - "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> -<head> -<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" /> -<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.8" /> -<title></title> -<style type="text/css"> -/* - * compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface, - * modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from: - * compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name> - * Licence: Public Domain - * - * Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ... - */ - -* { padding: 0; margin: 0; } -img { border: 0; } - -/*** Layout ***/ - -body { margin: 10px 20px; } -#header br { display: none; } -#revnumber { display: block; } -#toc { margin: 1em 0; } -.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; } -.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; } -#footer { margin-top: 2em; } - -#preamble .sectionbody, -h2, -h3, -h4, -h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; } - -.admonitionblock, -.listingblock, -.sidebarblock, -.exampleblock, -.tableblock, -.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; } -.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; } -.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; } -.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; } -.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; } -.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; } -.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; } -.tableblock thead th, -.tableblock tbody td, -.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; } -.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; } - -.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; } -.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child, -.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child, -.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; } - - .ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; } -li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist, -dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; } -ul { margin-left: 1.5em; } -ol { margin-left: 2em; } -dd { margin-left: 3em; } -td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; } - -/*** Fonts ***/ - -body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; } -#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } -#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } -#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; } -#email { font-size: 0.85em; } -#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; } -#toc { font-size: 0.9em; } -#toctitle { font-weight: bold; } -#footer { font-size: 0.8em; } - -h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } -h2 { font-size: 1.5em; } -.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; } -.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; } -h3 { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */ -h4 { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */ -h5 { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */ -.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */ - font-weight: bold; - } - -tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */ -dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif; - font-size: 118%; /* 1em */ - font-style: italic; - } -.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; } - -/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/ - -h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } -#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; } - -h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } -h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } -h3 { display: inline-block; } -h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; } - -.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; } -.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } -.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } -.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; } -.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } -.tableblock table { - border-collapse: collapse; - border-width: 3px; - border-color: #527bbd; -} -.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; } -.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; } -.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; } -.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; } -.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *, -.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * { - border-top: 1px solid #527bbd; -} -.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *, -.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * { - border-left: 1px solid #527bbd; -} -.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * { - border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */ -} -.tableblock table tr *:first-child { - border-left: none; -} -.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *, -.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * { - border-top: 1px solid white; - border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd; -} -.tableblock table tr td p.table, -.tableblock table tr td p.table * { - border: 0px; -} - -tt, .monospaced { color: navy; } - -li { color: #a0a0a0; } -li > * { color: black; } - -span.aqua { color: aqua; } -span.black { color: black; } -span.blue { color: blue; } -span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; } -span.gray { color: gray; } -span.green { color: green; } -span.lime { color: lime; } -span.maroon { color: maroon; } -span.navy { color: navy; } -span.olive { color: olive; } -span.purple { color: purple; } -span.red { color: red; } -span.silver { color: silver; } -span.teal { color: teal; } -span.white { color: white; } -span.yellow { color: yellow; } - -span.aqua-background { background: aqua; } -span.black-background { background: black; } -span.blue-background { background: blue; } -span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; } -span.gray-background { background: gray; } -span.green-background { background: green; } -span.lime-background { background: lime; } -span.maroon-background { background: maroon; } -span.navy-background { background: navy; } -span.olive-background { background: olive; } -span.purple-background { background: purple; } -span.red-background { background: red; } -span.silver-background { background: silver; } -span.teal-background { background: teal; } -span.white-background { background: white; } -span.yellow-background { background: yellow; } - -span.big { font-size: 2em; } -span.small { font-size: 0.6em; } - -span.underline { text-decoration: underline; } -span.overline { text-decoration: overline; } -span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; } - -/*** Misc ***/ - -.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; } -.attribution { text-align: right; } - -ul { list-style-type: disc; } -ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; } -ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; } -ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; } -ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; } -ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; } -.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; } - - -</style> -<script type="text/javascript"> -/*<+'])'); - // Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2 - // nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all - // browsers). - var iterate = function (el) { - for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) { - if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) { - var mo = re.exec(i.tagName); - if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") { - result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1); - } - iterate(i); - } - } - } - iterate(el); - return result; - } - - var toc = document.getElementById("toc"); - if (!toc) { - return; - } - - // Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC. - var tocEntriesToRemove = []; - var i; - for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) { - var entry = toc.childNodes[i]; - if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' - && entry.getAttribute("class") - && entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/)) - tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry); - } - for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) { - toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]); - } - - // Rebuild TOC entries. - var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels); - for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) { - var entry = entries[i]; - if (entry.element.id == "") - entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i; - var a = document.createElement("a"); - a.href = "#" + entry.element.id; - a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text)); - var div = document.createElement("div"); - div.appendChild(a); - div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel; - toc.appendChild(div); - } - if (entries.length == 0) - toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc); -}, - - -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Footnotes generator -///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -/* Based on footnote generation code from: - * http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html - */ - -footnotes: function () { - // Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes. - var i; - var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes"); - if (!noteholder) { - return; - } - var entriesToRemove = []; - for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) { - var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i]; - if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote") - entriesToRemove.push(entry); - } - for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) { - noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]); - } - - // Rebuild footnote entries. - var cont = document.getElementById("content"); - var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span"); - var refs = {}; - var n = 0; - for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) { - if (spans[i].className == "footnote") { - n++; - var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note"); - if (!note) { - // Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work. - // Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag. - note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1]; - spans[i].innerHTML = - "[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n + - "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]"; - spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note); - } - noteholder.innerHTML += - "<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" + - "<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" + - n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>"; - var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id"); - if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n; - } - } - if (n == 0) - noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder); - else { - // Process footnoterefs. - for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) { - if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") { - var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href"); - href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL. - n = refs[href]; - spans[i].innerHTML = - "[<a href='#_footnote_" + n + - "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]"; - } - } - } -}, - -install: function(toclevels) { - var timerId; - - function reinstall() { - asciidoc.footnotes(); - if (toclevels) { - asciidoc.toc(toclevels); - } - } - - function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() { - clearInterval(timerId); - reinstall(); - } - - timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500); - if (document.addEventListener) - document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false); - else - window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer; -} - -} -asciidoc.install(3); -/*]]>*/ -</script> -</head> -<body class="article"> -<div id="header"> -</div> -<div id="content"> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">MANUEL UTILISATEUR</span></p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Auteurs du manuel</strong> : Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg, -Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 4.3, Décembre 2014</em></span></p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Bienvenue en tant qu’utilisateur de <em>Subsurface</em>, un programme avancé -d’enregistrement de plongées (carnet de plongées) avec une bonne -infrastructure pour décrire, organiser, interpréter et imprimer des plongées -en scaphandre et en apnée. <em>Subsurface</em> offre de nombreux avantages par -rapport à d’autres solutions logicielles similaires :</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Do you need a flexible way of logging dives using recreational equipment, - even not using a dive computer? -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Do you use two different dive computer brands, each with its own proprietary - software for downloading dive logs? Do you dive with rebreathers as well as - open circuit or recreational equipment? Do you use a Reefnet Sensus - time-depth recorder in conjunction with a dive computer? <em>Subsurface</em> offers - a standard interface for downloading dive logs from all these different - pieces of equipment and to store and analyse the dive logs within a unified - system. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Do you use more than one operating system? <em>Subsurface</em> is fully compatible - with Mac, Linux and Windows, allowing you to access your dive log on each of - your operating systems using a single application. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Do you use Linux or Mac and your dive computer has only Windows-based - software for downloading dive information (e.g. Mares)? <em>Subsurface</em> - provides a way of downloading and analysing your dive logs on other - operating systems. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Do you need an intuitive graphical dive planner that integrates with and - takes into account the dives that have already been logged? -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> binaries are available for Windows PCs (Win XP or later), Intel -based Macs (OS/X) and many Linux distributions. <em>Subsurface</em> can be built -for many more hardware platforms and software environments where Qt and -libdivecomputer are available.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The scope of this document is the use of the <em>Subsurface</em> program. To -install the software, consult the <em>Downloads</em> page on the -<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/"><em>Subsurface</em> web site</a>. Please discuss -issues with this program by sending an email to -<a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">our mailing list</a> and report bugs -at <a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">our bugtracker</a>. For instructions on how to -build the software and (if needed) its dependencies please consult the -INSTALL file included with the source code.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Audience</strong>: Recreational Scuba Divers, Free Divers, Tec Divers, Professional -Divers</p></div> -<div id="toc"> - <div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div> - <noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">1. Le sondage utilisateur</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p>In order to develop <em>Subsurface</em> in a way that serves its users in the best -possible way, it is important to have some user information. Upon launching -<em>Subsurface</em> after using this software for a week or so, a one-box user -survey pops up. It is entirely optional and the user controls what, if any, -data are sent to the <em>Subsurface</em> development team. Any data that the user -chooses to send is extremely useful, and will only be used to steer future -development and to customise the software to fit the needs of the -<em>Subsurface</em> users. If one completes the survey, or clicks the option not to -be asked again, that should be the last communication of this nature one -receives. However, if one’s diving and/or subsurface habits change and one -wishes to provide another survey, this can be done by launching <em>Subsurface</em> -with the <em>--survey</em> option on the command line.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="S_StartUsing">2. Start Using the Program</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Subsurface</em> window is usually divided into four panels with a <strong>Main -Menu</strong> (File Import Log View Filter Help) at the top of the window (for -Windows and Linux) or the top of the screen (for Mac and Ubuntu Unity). The -four panels are:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive List</strong> to the bottom left containing a list of all the dives in the -user’s dive log. A dive can be selected and highlighted on the dive list by -clicking on it. In most situations the up/down keys can be used to switch -between dives. The <strong>Dive List</strong> is an important tool for manipulating a dive -log.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Map</strong> to the bottom right, showing the user’s dive sites on a world -map and centred on the site of the last dive selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Info</strong> to the top left, giving more detailed information on the -dive selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, including some statistics for the selected -dive or for all highlighted dive(s).</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> to the top right, showing a graphical dive profile of the -selected dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The dividers between panels can be dragged in order to change the size of -any of the panels. <em>Subsurface</em> remembers the position of the dividers, so -the next time <em>Subsurface</em> starts it uses the positions of the dividers from -when the program was last used.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If a dive is selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive location, detailed -information and profile of the <em>selected dive</em> are shown in the respective -panels. On the other hand, if one highlights more than one dive the last -highlighted dive is the <em>selected dive</em>, but summary data of all -<em>highlighted dives</em> are shown in the <strong>Stats</strong> tab of the <strong>Dive Info</strong> panel -(maximum, minimum and average depths, durations, water temperatures and SAC; -total time and number of dives selected).</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/main_window_f20.jpg" alt="The Main Window" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The user can determine which of the four panels are displayed by selecting -the <strong>View</strong> option on the main menu. This feature gives the user several -choices of display:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>All</strong>: show all four of the panels as in the screenshot above.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divelist</strong>: Show only the Dive List.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Profile</strong>: Show only the Dive Profile of the selected dive.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Info</strong>: Show only the Dive Notes about the last selected dive and statistics for -all highlighted dives.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Globe</strong>: Show only the world map, centred on the last selected dive.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Like many other functions that can be accessed via the Main Menu, these -options can be triggered using keyboard shortcuts. The shortcuts for a -particular system are shown with an underline in the main menu -entries. Since different Operating Systems and the user chosen language may -cause <em>Subsurface</em> to use different shortcut keys they are not listed here -in the user manual.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>When the program is started for the first time, it shows no information at -all. This is because the program doesn’t have any dive information -available. In the following sections, the procedures to create a new logbook -will be described.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">3. Creating a new logbook</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Select <em>File → New Logbook</em> from the main menu. All existing dive data are -cleared so that new information can be added. If there are unsaved data in -an open logbook, the user is asked whether the open logbook should be saved -before a new logbook is created.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="S_GetInformation">4. Storing dive information in the logbook</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Now that a new logbook was created, it is simple to add dive data to it. -<em>Subsurface</em> allows several ways of adding dive data to a logbook, detailed -in the following sections.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If the user has a handwritten divelog, a spreadsheet or another form of -manually maintained divelog, dive data can be added to the logbook using one -of these approaches:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Enter dive information by hand. This is useful if the diver did not use a -dive computer and dives were recorded in a written logbook. See: -<a href="#S_EnterData">Entering dive information by hand</a></p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Import dive log information that has been maintained either as a spreadsheet -or as a CSV file. Refer to: <a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a -spreadsheet to CSV format</a> and the text about -<a href="#S_ImportingManualCSV">Importing dives from manually created CSV files</a> -and</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If one has dives recorded using a dive computer, the depth profile of the -dive and a large amount of additional information can be accessed. These -dives can be imported from:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -The divecomputer itself. See: <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importing new dive - information from a Dive Computer</a> or -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Proprietary software distributed by manufacturers of dive computers. Refer -to: <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive information from other -digital data sources or other data formats</a>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Import from spreadsheet or CSV files containing dive profiles. See: -<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers -or other dive log software</a></p></div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_EnterData">4.1. Entering dive information by hand</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic -record of information within <em>Subsurface</em> is a dive. The most important -information in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time, -duration, depth, the names of your dive buddy and of the dive master or dive -guide, and some remarks about the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> can store much more -information than this for each dive. In order to add a dive to a dive log, -select <em>Log → Add Dive</em> from the Main Menu. The program then shows three -panels to enter information for a dive: two tabs in the <strong>Dive Info</strong> panel -(<strong>Dive Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong>), as well as the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel that -displays a graphical profile of each dive. These panels are respectively -marked <span class="red">A</span>, <span class="red">B</span> and <span class="red">C</span> in the figure below. Each of these -tabs will now be explained for data entry.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/AddDive1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Add dive" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>When one edits a field in Dive notes or Equipment panels, <em>Subsurface</em> -enters <strong>Editing Mode</strong>, indicated by the message in the blue box at the top -of the <em>Dive Notes</em> panel (see the image below). This message is displayed -in all the panels under Dive notes and Equipment when in <strong>Editing Mode</strong>.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f20.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Save</em> button should only be selected after all the parts of a dive have -been entered. When entering dives by hand, the <em>Info</em>, <em>Equipment</em> and -<em>Profile</em> tabs should be completed before saving the information. By -selecting the <em>Save</em> button, a local copy of the information for this -specific dive is saved in memory. When one closes Subsurface, the program -will ask again, this time whether the complete dive log should be saved on -disk or not.</p></div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_dive_notes">4.1.1. Dive Notes</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel contains the date, time and place information for a particular -dive, environmental conditions, co-divers and buddies, as well as some -descriptive information. If one clicks on the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> tab, the -following fields are visible:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/AddDive2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Dive Notes tab" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and the time of the dive. By clicking the -date, a calendar is displayed from which one can choose the correct -date. Press ESC to escape from the calendar. The time values (hour and -minutes) can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text -box and by overtyping the information displayed. The default date is the -present date and the default time is an hour in advance of the present time.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air and water temperatures</strong>: the air and water temperatures during the -dive can be typed directly on the fields to the right of the Start time. -Temperature units are not needed, as they will be automatically supplied by -<em>Subsurface</em>. Only the numerical value must be -typed by the user (the units selected in the <em>Preferences</em> -will determine whether metric or imperial units are used).</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Location</strong>: Here the name of the dive site can be entered, e.g. "Tihany, Lake -Balaton, -Hungary". Auto completion of location names will make this easier if one -frequently dives at the same sites.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Coordinates</strong>: The geographic coordinates of the dive site should be entered -here. These can come from three sources:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>One can find the coordinates on the world map in the bottom right hand part -of the Subsurface window. The map displays a green bar indicating "No -location data - Move the map and double-click to set the dive -location". Upon a double-click at the appropriate place, the green bar -disappears and the coordinates are stored.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The coordinates can be obtained from the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app if the -user has an Android device with GPS and if the coordinates of the dive site -were stored using that device. <a href="#S_Companion">Click here for more -information</a></p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The coordinates can be entered by hand if they are known, using one of four -formats with latitude followed by longitude:</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E -Degrees and decimal minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' -Degrees minutes seconds, e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" -Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 , 30.821798</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a -negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with -a <strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Please note that GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the Location -name - so adding coordinates to dives that do not have a location -description will cause unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all -of these dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates -the same).</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the dive master or dive guide for this dive can be -entered here. -Again, this field offers auto completion based on the list of dive masters in -the current logbook.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field one can enter the name(s) of the buddy / buddies -(separated by commas) who accompanied the user on the dive. Auto completion -is offered based on the list of buddies in the current logbook.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: The type of diving suit used for the dive can be entered here. -As with the other items, auto completion of the suit description is available. -Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of -suit and thermal protection undersuit was used.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: One can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a -5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: Similarly, one can provide a rating of visibility during the -dive on a -5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive performed may -be entered here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, -training, cave etc. <em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. Auto completion is once again offered. -For instance, if <code>cav</code> was typed, then the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are -shown for the user to choose from.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information can be typed here.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Save</strong> and <strong>Cancel</strong> buttons are used to save all the information for -tabs in the info panel and in the dive profile panel, so there’s no need to -use them until ALL other information has been added. Here is an example of a -completed Dive Notes panel:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/CompletedDiveInfo_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed Dive Notes tab" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_equipment">4.1.2. Equipment</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab allows the user to enter information about the type of -cylinder and gas used, as well as the weights used for a dive. This is a -highly interactive part of <em>Subsurface</em> and the information on cylinders and -gases (entered here) affects the behaviour of the dive profile (top -right-hand panel).</p></div> -<div class="paragraph" id="S_CylinderData"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks -like this:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Gas_dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Initial cylinder dialogue" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The + button at the top right allows the user to add more cylinders for this -dive. The dark dustbin icon on the left allows one to delete information -for a particular cylinder. Note that it is not possible to delete a cylinder -if it is used during the dive. One cylinder is implicitly used in the dive, -even without a gas change event. Thus the first cylinder cannot be deleted -until another cylinder is created.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of the table. To -select a cylinder, click in the <strong>Type</strong> box. This brings up a button that -can be used to display a dropdown list of cylinders:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Gas_dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The cylinder drop-down list button" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can be used to select the cylinder type used for the dive -or the user may start typing in the box which shows the available options -for the entered characters. The <strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as well as its -working pressure (<strong>WorkPress</strong>) will automatically be shown in the -dialogue. If a cylinder is not shown in the dropdown list, type the name and -description of that cylinder into the <strong>Type</strong> field.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the gas used -during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial) corresponds to the -setting in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, type in the gas mixture used in the <strong>O2%</strong> field. If air was used, a -value of 21% can be entered on this field, or it might be left blank. If -nitrox or trimix were used, their percentages of oxygen and/or helium must -be specified. Any inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing -the information for the cylinder, press <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or click -outside the cell that contains the cursor. Information for any additional -cylinders can be added by using the + button at the top right -hand. Following is an example of a complete description for a dive made -using two cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used during a dive can be entered -using a dialogue very similar to that for the cylinder information. If the user -clicks the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks -like this:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Weights dialogue" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If one then clicks on the <strong>Type</strong> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible -through a down-arrow:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Weights type drop-down list button" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the type of weight system or -the user may start typing in the box which shows the available options for -the entered characters. In the <strong>Weight</strong> field, the weight used during the -dive must be typed. After typing the information for the weight system the -user must either press <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or click outside the cell -that contains the cursor. It is possible to enter information for more than -one weight system by adding an additional system using the + button on the -top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted using the dustbin icon on the -left hand. Here is an example of information for a dive with two types of -weights: integrated and a weight belt:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>There’s NO need to click the <em>Save</em> button before the dive profile has been -completed.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">4.1.3. Creating a Dive Profile</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> (a graphical representation of the depth of the dive as a -function of time) is indicated in the panel on the top right hand of the -<em>Subsurface</em> window. When a dive is manually added to a logbook, -<em>Subsurface</em> presents a default dive profile that needs to be modified to -best represent the dive being described:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial dive profile" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Modifying the dive profile</em>: When the cursor is moved around the dive -profile, its position is indicated by two coloured lines (red and green) as -shown below. The depth and time that the cursor represents are indicated at -the top of the black information box (@ and D). The units (metric/imperial) -on the axes are determined by the <strong>Preference</strong> settings. The dive profile -itself comprises several line segments demarcated by waypoints (white dots -on the profile, as shown above). The default dive depth is 15 m. If the -dive depth was 20 m then the user needs to drag the appropriate waypoints -downwards to represent 20 m. To add a waypoint, double-click on any line -segment. To move an additional waypoint, drag it. To remove this waypoint, -right-click on it and choose "Remove this point" from the context menu. The -user needs to drag the waypoints to represent an accurate time duration for -the dive. Below is a dive profile that represents a dive to 20 m for 30 min, -followed by a 5 minute safety stop at 5 m.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Edited dive profile" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Specifying the gas composition:</em> The gas composition used is clearly -indicated along the line segments of the dive profile. This defaults to the -first gas mixture specified in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab, which was air in the -case of the profile illustrated above. The gas mixtures of segments of the -dive profile can be edited. This is done by right-clicking on the particular -waypoint and selecting the appropriate gas from the context menu. Changing -the gas for a waypoint affects the gas shown in the segment <em>to the left</em> of -that waypoint. Note that only the gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab -appear in the context menu.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Gas composition context menu" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is the profile of a dive to 25 m for 30 min and with a switch from air -to EAN50 at the end of the duration at 20m. In this case the first cylinder -in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab contained air and the second cylinder contained -EAN50.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/DiveProfile4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Completed dive profile" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_saving_the_hand_entered_dive_information">4.1.4. Saving the hand-entered dive information</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> tab, the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab as well -as the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> can now be saved in the user’s logbook by using the -two buttons on the top right hand of the Dive Notes tab. If the <em>Save</em> -button is clicked, the dive data are saved in the current logbook. If the -<em>Cancel</em> button is clicked, the newly entered dive data are discarded. When -exiting <em>Subsurface</em>, the user will be prompted once more to save the -logbook with the new dive(s).</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">4.2. Importing new dive information from a Dive Computer</h3> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_connecting_and_importing_data_from_a_dive_computer">4.2.1. Connecting and importing data from a dive computer.</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of -information about each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration, -rates of ascent/descent and of gas partial pressures. <em>Subsurface</em> can -capture this information and present it as part of the dive information, -using dive information from a wide range of dive computers. The latest list -of supported dive computers can be found at: -<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/"> -Supported dive computers</a>.</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Several dive computers consume more power when they are in their -PC-Communication mode. <strong>This could drain the dive computer’s battery</strong>. We -therefore recommend that the user checks if the dive computer is charged -when connected to the USB port of a PC. For example, several Suunto and -Mares dive computers do not recharge through the USB connection. Users -should refer to the dive computer’s manual if they are unsure whether the -dive computer recharges its batteries while connected to the USB port.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>To import dive information from a dive computer to a computer with -<em>Subsurface</em>, it is necessary that the two pieces of equipment communicate -with one another. This involves setting up the communications port (or -mount point) of the computer with <em>Subsurface</em> that communicates with the -dive computer. In order to set up this communication, one needs to find the -appropriate information to instruct <em>Subsurface</em> where and how to import the -dive information. -<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix -A</a> provides the technical information to help the user achieving this for -different operating systems and -<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix -B</a> has dive computer specific information.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>After this, the dive computer can be hooked up to the user’s PC, which can -be achieved by following these steps:</p></div> -<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> -<li> -<p> -The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red - or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual) -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The dive computer should be placed into PC Communication mode. - (Users should refer to the manual of their specific dive computer) -</p> -</li> -</ol></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>In <em>Subsurface</em>, from the Main Menu, the user must select <em>Import → Import -From Dive Computer</em>. Dialogue <strong>A</strong> in the figure below appears:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/ImportFromDC1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialogue 1" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in their memory, even -though these dives have already been imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. For that -reason <em>Subsurface</em> only imports dives that have not been uploaded -before. This makes the download process faster on most dive computers and -also saves battery power of the dive computer (at least for those not -charging while connected via USB). If, for some reason, the user wishes to -import ALL dives from the dive computer, even though some may already be in -the logbook, then check the check box labelled <em>Force download of all -dives</em>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The dialogue has two drop-down lists, <strong>Vendor</strong> and <strong>Dive Computer</strong>. On the -<strong>vendor</strong> drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g. Suunto, -Oceanic, Uwatec, Mares. On the <strong>Dive Computer</strong> drop-down list, the model -name of the dive computer must be selected, e.g. D4 (Suunto), Veo200 -(Oceanic), or Puck (Mares).</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Device or Mount Point</strong> drop-down list contains the USB or Bluetooth -port name that <em>Subsurface</em> needs in order to communicate with the dive -computer. The appropriate port name must be selected. Consult -<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix -A</a> and -<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix -B</a> for technical details on how to find the appropriate port information for -a particular dive computer and, in some cases, how to do the correct -settings to the operating system of the computer on which <em>Subsurface</em> is -running.</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -If all the dives on the dive computer need to be downloaded, check the - checkbox <em>Force download of all dives</em>. Normally, <em>Subsurface</em> only - downloads dives after the date-time of the last dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> - panel. If one or more of your dives in <em>Subsurface</em> have been accidentally - deleted or if there are older dives that still need to be downloaded from - the dive computer, this checkbox needs to be activated. Some dive computers - (e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide a contents list to <em>Subsurface</em> before the - download in order to select only new dives. Consequently, for these dive - computers, all dives are downloaded irrespective of the status of this check - box. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -If the checkbox <em>Always prefer downloaded dives</em> has been checked and, - during download, dives with identical date-times exist on the dive computer - and on the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel, the record in the <em>Subsurface</em> - divelog will be overwritten by the record from the dive computer -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Do <strong>not</strong> check the checkboxes labelled <em>Save libdivecomputer logfile</em> and - <em>Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</em>. These are only used as diagnostic tools - when problems with downloads are experienced (see below). -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>OK</em> button must then be clicked. Dialogue <strong>B</strong> in the figure above -appears.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>With communication established, one can see how the data are retrieved from -the dive computer. Depending on the make of the dive computer and/or number -of recorded dives, this could take some time. The user should be -patient. The <em>Download</em> dialogue shows a progress bar at the bottom of the -dialogue (for some dive computers the progress information could be -inaccurate as we cannot determine how much downloadable data there is until -all data have been downloaded). When the download of the dive information is -complete, all the imported dives appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, sorted by date -and time. Disconnect and switch off the dive computer to conserve its -battery power. If a particular dive is selected, the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel -shows an informative graph of dive depth against time for that particular -dive.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error -message will be shown, similar to this text: "Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0 -Mares (Puck Pro)". Refer to the text in the box below.</p></div> -<div class="sidebarblock"> -<div class="content"> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?</strong></p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Check the following:</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Is the dive computer still in PC-communication or Upload mode?</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Is the battery of the dive computer fully charged? If not then the battery -must be charged or replaced.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Is the connecting cable faulty? Does the cable work perfectly using other -software? Has it worked before, or is this the first time the cable is being -used? Are the contacts on the dive computer and the cable clean?</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Consult -<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix -A</a> and make sure that the correct Mount Point was specified (see above).</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>On Unix-like operating systems, does the user have write permission to the -USB port? If not, consult -<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix -A</a></p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <em>Subsurface</em> computer does not recognise the USB adaptor by showing -an appropriate device name next to the Mount Point, then there is a -possibility that the cable or USB adaptor is faulty. A faulty cable is the -most common cause of communication failure between dive computer and -<em>Subsurface</em> computer. It is also possible that the <em>Subsurface</em> computer -cannot interpret the data. Perform a download for diagnostic purposes with -the following two check boxes checked in the download dialogue discussed -above:</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>Save libdivecomputer logfile -Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: These check boxes are only used when problems are encountered -during the download process: under normal circumstances they should not be checked. -When checking these boxes, the user is prompted to select a folder to -save the information to. The default folder is the one in which the <em>Subsurface</em> -dive log is kept.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important:</strong> <em>After downloading with the above checkboxes -checked, no dives are added to the -<strong>Dive List</strong> but two files are created in the folder selected above</em>:</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>subsurface.log -subsurface.bin</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>These files should be send to the <em>Subsurface</em> mail list: -<em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em> with a request for the files to be -analysed. Provide the dive computer make and model as well as contextual -information about the dives recorded on the dive computer.</p></div> -</div></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">4.2.2. Changing the name of a dive computer</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to -upload dive logs to <em>Subsurface</em>. For instance if one’s partner’s dive -computer is the same make and model as one’s own and dive logs are uploaded -from both dive computers to the same <em>Subsurface</em> computer, then one would -perhaps like to call one dc "Alice’s Suunto D4" and the other one "Bob’s -Suunto D4". Alternatively, perhaps a technical diver dives with two or more -dive computers of the same model, the logs of both (or all) being uploaded. -In this case it might be prudent to call one of them "Suunto D4 (1)" and -another one "Suunto D4 (2)". This is easily done in <em>Subsurface</em>. On the -<strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Log → Edit device names</em>. A dialog opens, indicating -the current Model, ID and Nickname of the dive computers used for -upload. Edit the Nickname field for the appropriate dive computer. After -saving the Nickname, the dive logs show the nickname for that particular -device instead of the model name, allowing easy identification of devices.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">4.2.3. Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer.</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The information from the dive computer is not complete and more details must -be added in order to have a fuller record of the dives. To do this, the -<strong>Dive Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the top left hand of the -<em>Subsurface</em> window should be used.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_dive_notes_2">4.2.4. Dive Notes</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The date and time of the dive, gas mixture and (often) water temperature is -shown as obtained from the dive computer, but the user needs to add -additional information by hand in order to have a more complete dive -record. If the contents of this tab is changed or edited in any way, the -message in a blue box at the top of the panel indicates that the dive is -being edited. If one clicks on the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> tab, the following fields -are visible:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/AddDive3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Dive Notes tab" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and time of the dive. By clicking the -date, a calendar is displayed from which one can choose the correct -date. Press ESC to close the calendar. The time values (hour and minutes) -can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text box and -by overtyping the information displayed.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air/water temperatures</strong>: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown -in these fields to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water -temperature information and this field may therefore contain information obtained from the dive computer. -If air temperature is not provided by the dive computer, the first temperature reading -might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close enough to the real air temperature as -the change in the temperature sensor reading is quite slow to follow the changes in the environment. -If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be -automatically supplied by -<em>Subsurface</em> (according to the <em>Preferences</em>, metric or imperial units will -be used).</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Location</strong>: In this field one should type in text that describes the site -where the dive was performed, e.g. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary". -Auto completion of location names will -make this easier if one frequently dives at the same sites.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Coordinates</strong>: The geographic coordinates of the dive site should be entered -here. These can come from three sources:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The user can find the coordinates on the world map in the bottom right hand -part of the Subsurface window. The map displays a green bar indicating "Move -the map and double-click to set the dive location". Double-click at the -appropriate place, the green bar disappears and the coordinates are stored.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The user can obtain the coordinates from the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app if -an Android device with GPS was used and if the coordinates of the dive site -were stored using that device. <a href="#S_Companion">Click here for more -information</a></p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The coordinates can be entered by hand if they are known, using one of four -formats with latitude followed by longitude:</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E -Degrees and decimal minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' -Degrees minutes seconds, e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" -Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 , 30.821798</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a -negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly, western longitudes are given with -a <strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Please note that GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the Location -name - so adding coordinates to dives that do not have a location -description will cause unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all -of these dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates -the same).</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the dive master or dive guide for this dive should be -entered in this field -which offers auto completion based on the list of dive masters in -the current logbook.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field, one enters the name(s) of the buddy / buddies -(separated with commas) who accompanied him/her on the -dive. Auto completion based on the list of buddies in the current logbook is -offered.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: Here the type of diving suit used for the dive can be entered. -Auto completion of the suit description is available. -Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of -suit and thermal protection undersuit was used.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: One can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a -5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: Similarly, one can provide a rating of visibility during the -dive on a -5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive performed can be entered -here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, training, -cave, etc. -<em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. If the user starts typing a tag, the -program -will list the tags that correspond to the typing. For instance, if the user -typed -<code>cav</code>, then the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are shown for the user to choose from.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Save</strong> and <strong>Cancel</strong> buttons are used to save all the information for -tabs in the info panel and in the dive profile panel, so there’s no need to -use them until ALL other information has been added. Here is an example of a -completed Dive Notes panel:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/CompletedDiveInfo_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed Dive Notes tab" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_equipment_2">4.2.5. Equipment</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab allows one to enter information about the type of cylinder -and gas used as well as the weights used for the dive. The message in a blue -box at the top of the panel:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Blue edit bar" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>indicates that the dive is being edited. This is a highly interactive part -of <em>Subsurface</em> and the information on cylinders and gases (entered here) -determines the behaviour of the dive profile (top right-hand panel).</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks -like this:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>In most cases <em>Subsurface</em> obtains the gas used from the dive computer and -automatically inserts the gas composition(% oxygen) in the table. The<br /> -button at the top right allows the user to add more cylinders for this -dive. The dark dustbin icon on the left allows the deletion of information -for a cylinder. Note that it is not possible to delete a cylinder if it is -used during the dive. A cylinder might be implicitly used in the dive, even -without a gas change event.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The user should start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of -the table. To select a cylinder, the <strong>cylinder type</strong> box should be -clicked. This brings up a list button that can be used to display a dropdown -list of cylinders:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was -used for this dive or the user may start typing in the box which shows the -available options for the entered characters. The <strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as -well as its working pressure (<strong>WorkPress</strong>) will automatically be shown in -the dialogue.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Next one must indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the -specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial) -corresponds to the settings chosen in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the value of 21% can -be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or trimix were used, -their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be entered. Any -inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the information for -the cylinder, either press <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or click outside the cell -that contains the cursor. Information for any additional cylinders can be -added by using the + button at the top right hand. Following is an example -of a complete description for a dive using two cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used can be entered -using a dialogue very similar to that of the cylinder information. If one -clicks -the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like -this:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The Weights dialogue" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>By clicking on the <strong>Type</strong> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through -a down-arrow:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the type of weight system used -during the dive or the user may start typing in the box which shows the -available options for the entered characters. In the <strong>Weight</strong> field, type -in the amount of weight used during the dive. After specifying the weight -system, the user can either press <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or click outside -the cell with the cursor. It is possible to enter information for more than -one weight system by adding an additional system using the + button on the -top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted using the dustbin icon on the -left hand. Here is an example of information for a dive with two types of -weights: integrated as well as a weight belt:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_editing_several_selected_dives_simultaneously">4.2.6. Editing several selected dives simultaneously</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>METHOD 1</em>: After uploading dives from a dive computer, the dive profiles of -the uploaded dives are shown in the <strong>Dive profile</strong> tab, as well as a few -items of information in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> tab (e.g. water temperature) and in -the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab (e.g. gas pressures and gas composition). However the -other fields remain empty. It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of -the fields in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. For instance, it is -possible that a diver performed several dives during a single day, using -identical equipment while diving at the same dive site or with the same dive -master and/or buddy or tags. Instead of completing the information for each -of these dives separately, one can select all the dives for that day in the -<strong>Dive List</strong> and insert the same information in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> and -<strong>Equipment</strong> fields that need identical information. This is achieved by -editing the dive notes or the equipment for any one of the selected dives.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain -information. This means that, if some fields have been edited for a -particular dive among the selected dives, these are not changed while -editing the dives simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several -dives simultaneously is: if the data field being edited contains <em>exactly -the same information</em> for all the dives that have been selected, the new, -edited information is substituted for all the selected dives, otherwise only -the edited dive is changed, even though several dives have been selected in -the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This greatly speeds up the completion of the dive log after -several similar dives.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METHOD 2</em>:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a -dive with all the appropriate information typed into the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> and -<strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Copy dive -components</em>. A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of -the fields in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Select the fields to -be copied from the currently selected dive, then select <em>OK</em>. Now, in the -<strong>Dive List</strong>, select the dives into which this information is to be -pasted. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Paste dive components</em>. -All the selected dives now contain the data initially selected in the -original source dive log.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_adding_bookmarks_to_a_dive">4.2.7. Adding Bookmarks to a dive</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers wish to annotate their dives with text that indicate particular -events during the dive, e.g. "Saw dolphins", or "Released surface -buoy". This is easily done:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile. This brings up -the dive profile context menu. Select <em>Add bookmark</em>. A red flag is placed -on the dive profile at the point that was initially selected (see <strong>A</strong> -below).</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see <strong>B</strong> - below). Select <em>Edit name</em>. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see <strong>C</strong> -below). Select <em>OK</em>. This saves the text associated with the bookmark.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If one hovers using the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is -shown at the bottom of the information box (see <strong>D</strong> below).</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Bookmark dialog" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_saving_the_updated_dive_information">4.2.8. Saving the updated dive information</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> tab and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab can -be saved by using the two buttons on the top right hand of the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> -tab. If the <em>Save</em> button is clicked, the dive data are saved. If the -<em>Cancel</em> button is clicked, then the newly entered dive data are deleted, -although the dive profile obtained from the dive computer will be -retained. When the user exits <em>Subsurface</em> there is a final prompt to -confirm that the new data should be saved.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_importing_dive_information_from_other_digital_data_sources_or_other_data_formats">4.3. Importing dive information from other digital data sources or other data formats</h3> -<div class="paragraph" id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs"><p>If a user has been diving for some time, it is possible that several dives -were logged using other dive log software. This information does not need -retyping because these dive logs can probably be imported into -<em>Subsurface</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> will import dive logs from a range of other dive -log software. While some software is supported natively, for others the user -has to export the logbook(s) to an intermediate format so that they can then -be imported by <em>Subsurface</em>. Currently, <em>Subsurface</em> supports importing CSV -log files from several sources. APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear -files are preconfigured, but because the import is flexible, users can -configure their own imports. Manually kept log files (e.g. in spreadsheet) -can also be imported by configuring the CSV import. <em>Subsurface</em> can also -import UDDF and UDCF files used by some divelog software and some dive -computers, like the Heinrichs & Weikamp DR5. Finally, for some divelog -software like Mares Dive Organiser it is currently suggested to import the -logbooks first into a webservice like <em>divelogs.de</em> and then import them -from there with <em>Subsurface</em>, as divelogs.de supports a few additional -logbook formats that <em>Subsurface</em> currently cannot parse.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, it -should be sufficient to select either <em>Import→Import log files</em> or -<em>File→Open log file</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> supports the data formats of many dive -computers, including Suunto and Shearwater. When importing dives, -<em>Subsurface</em> tries to detect multiple records for the same dive and merges -the information as best as it can. If there are no time zone issues (or -other reasons that would cause the beginning time of the dives to be -significantly different) <em>Subsurface</em> will not create duplicate entries.</p></div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_using_the_universal_import_dialogue">4.3.1. Using the universal import dialogue</h4> -<div class="paragraph" id="Unified_import"><p>Importing dives from other software is performed through a universal -interface that is activated by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then -clicking on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This brings up the dialogue <strong>A</strong> below.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label of -<em>Dive Log Files</em> which gives access to the different types of direct imports -available, as in dialogue <strong>B</strong>, above. Currently these are:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log - systems) -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid) -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -UDCF-formatted dive logs -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Poseidon MkVI CCR logs -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -JDiveLog -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4) -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the appropriate file in the file list of the dialogue opens the -imported dive log in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong>. Some other formats, not -accessible through the Import dialogue are also supported, as explained -below.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_importing_dive_logs_from_closed_circuit_rebreather_ccr_systems">4.3.2. Importing dive logs from closed circuit rebreather (CCR) systems</h4> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate gas that -has been breathed while doing two things to maintain a breathable oxygen -concentration: -a) remove carbon dioxide from the gas that has been exhaled -regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits. -Currently, within <em>Subsurface</em>, the Poseidon MkVI Discovery is the best -supported CCR dive computer. The CCR interface of <em>Subsurface</em> is currently -experimental and under active development. In contrast to a conventional -open circuit dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the -download of a log containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored -independently. This means that <em>Subsurface</em> cannot download a dive log -directly from a CCR dive computer, but that it imports CCR dive logs in the -same way that it imports dive log data from other databases.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_import_a_ccr_dive">Import a CCR dive</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>See the section dealing with <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive -information from other digital sources</a>. From the main menu of <em>Subsurface</em>, -select <em>Import→Import log files</em> to bring up the -<a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. As explained in the previous -section, the bottom right hand of the import dialogue contains a dropdown -list of appropriate devices that currently includes an option for MkVI -files. Having selected the appropriate CCR format and the directory where -the original dive logs have been stored from the CCR dive computer, one can -select a particular dive log file (in the case of the MkVI it is a file with -a .txt extension). After selecting the appropriate dive log, activate the -<em>Open</em> button at the bottom right hand of the universal import dialogue.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_displayed_information_for_a_dive">Displayed information for a dive</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Partial pressures of gases</em>: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the -information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In the case of the -Poseidon MKVI, the mean value of the two oxygen sensors are shown. In the -case of the APD equipment, the mean of the three oxygen sensors are -shown. If one sensor shows a very different oxygen PO2 reading compared to -the others, the divergent sensor is ignored. For CCR dives the graph for -oxygen partial pressure should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint -settings during the dive. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium, if -applicable) are shown in the usual way as for other dives.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Cylinder pressures</em>: CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record the -pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressure of the oxygen -cylinder is shown on the dive profile. In addition, start and end pressures -for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are shown in the <em>Equipment Tab</em>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Equipment-specific information</em>: Equipment-specific information gathered by -<em>Subsurface</em> is shown in the <em>Extra data</em> tab. This may include setup -information or metadata about the dive.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs can be -found in <a href="#S_PoseidonMkVI">Appendix B</a>.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_importing_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">4.3.3. Importing from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Since Mares utilise proprietary Windows software not compatible with -multi-platform applications, these dive logs cannot be directly imported -into <em>Subsurface</em>. Mares dive logs need to be imported using a three-step -process, using <em>www.divelogs.de</em> as a mechanism to extract the dive log -information.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive log data from Mares Dive Organiser need to be exported to the user’s -desktop, using - a <em>.sdf</em> file name extension. Refer to <a href="#Mares_Export">Appendix C</a> for more -information. -Data should then be imported into <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. One needs to create a user -account in -<em>www.divelogs.de</em>, log into that web site, then -select <em>Import Logbook → Dive Organiser</em> from the menu on the left hand side. -The instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive information -(in <em>.sdf</em> format) from the Dive Organiser database to <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. -Finally, import the dives -from <em>divelogs.de</em> to <em>Subsurface</em>, using the instructions below.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">4.3.4. Importing dives from <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive information from <em>divelogs.de</em> is simple, using a single -dialogue box. The <em>Import→Import form Divelogs.de</em> option should be -selected from the Main Menu. This brings up a dialogue box (see figure on -left [<strong>A</strong>] below). Enter a user-ID and password for <em>divelogs.de</em> into the -appropriate fields and then select the <em>Download</em> button. Download from -<em>divelogs.de</em> starts immediately, displaying a progress bar in the dialogue -box. At the end of the download, the success status is indicated (see figure -on the right [<strong>B</strong>], below). The <em>Apply</em> button should then be selected, -after which the imported dives appear in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">4.3.5. Importing data in CSV format</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either -as dive profiles (as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed -circuit rebreathers) or as dive metadata (in case the user keeps dive data -in a spreadsheet). For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see -<a href="#S_CSV_Intro">A Diver’s Introduction To CSV Files</a>.</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> -</td> -<td class="content">The CSV import has a couple of caveats. You should avoid some special -characters like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double -quotes ("), the latter if quoting text cells. The file should use UTF-8 -character set, if having non-ASCII characters. Also the size of the CSV file -might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time (without dive profile) -has worked previously, but larger files might exceed limits of the parser -used. When having problems with CSV imports, try first with a smaller sample -to make sure everything works.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers or other dive log software</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>CSV files are normally organised into a single line that provides the -headers (or <em>field names</em>) of the data columns, followed by the data, one -record per line. CSV files can be opened with a normal text editor. For -information of how to export a spreadsheet in CSV format see -<a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</a>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Before being able to import the data to <em>Subsurface</em> one needs to know:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Which character separates the different columns within a single line of -data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) or a TAB character. -This can be determined by opening the file with a text editor. If it is -comma-delimited, then the comma characters between the values are clearly -visible. If no commas are evident and the numbers are aligned in columns, -the file is probably TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field separator, -as in the above example).</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Which data columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? The Dive Time and -Depth columns are always required. Open the file using a text editor and -note the titles of the columns to be imported and their column positions.</p></div> -<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha"> -<li> -<p> -Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial unis? -</p> -</li> -</ol></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Armed with this information, importing the data into <em>Subsurface</em> is -straightforward. Select <em>Import→Import Log Files</em> from the main menu. In -the resulting file selection menu, select <em>CSV files</em>, after which a common -configuration dialog appears for all the files with a CSV extension:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Import_CSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>There are pre-configured definitions for some dive computers, e.g. the APD -rebreathers. If the user’s dive computer is on this list, it should be -selected using the dropdown box labeled <em>Pre-configured imports</em>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If the dive computer is not on the pre-configured list, the user must select -the <em>Field Separator</em> (TAB or comma) for the particular CSV file, using the -appropriate dropdown list. For each data column used for import, the user -must check the appropriate check box and indicate in which column these data -are found.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally <em>OK</em> should be clicked and the dive(s) are imported and listed in -the <strong>Dive List</strong> tab of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="S_ImportingManualCSV">4.3.6. Importing dives from a manually kept CSV file or a spreadsheet</h4> -<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro"> -<div class="content"> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>A Diver’s Introduction To CSV Files</strong></p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> -</td> -<td class="content">CSV is an abbreviation for a data file format: <em>Comma-Separated -Variables</em>. It is a file format allowing someone to view or edit the -information using a text editor such as Notebook (Windows), gedit (Linux) or -TextWrangler (OS/X). The two main advantages of the CSV format is that the -data are easily editable as text without any proprietary software and -ensuring all information is human-readable, not being obscured by the any -custom or proprietary attributes that proprietary software insert into -files. Because of its simplicity the CSV format is used as an interchange -format between many software packages, e.g. between spreadsheet, -statistical, graphics, database and diving software. Within <em>Subsurface</em>, -CSV files can also be used to import information from other sources such as -spreadsheet-based dive logs and even from some dive computers.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>CSV files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most -important attribute of a CSV file is the <em>field separator</em>, the character -used to separate fields within a single line. The field separator is -frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When -exporting data from spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be -specified in order to create the CSV file. CSV files are normally organised -into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em>) of the data -columns, followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each field -name may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance <em>Dive -site</em>, below. Here is an example of dive information for four dives using a -comma as a field separator:</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy -Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith -Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald -Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht -Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>In this format the data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same -information in TAB-delimited format:</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy -Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith -Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald -Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht -Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the -comma-delimited format. The disadvantage is that one cannot see the TAB -characters. For instance, the space between <em>Dive</em> and <em>date</em> in the top -line may be a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE -character: the tabs are before and after <em>Dive date</em>). If the field names in -the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines cannot -be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited -example of a CSV dive log from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive -computer:</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius) -0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1 -0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1 -0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1 -0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2 -0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1 -10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7 -20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6 -30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6 -40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>CSV files can therefore be used in many contexts for importing data into a -<em>Subsurface</em> dive log.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>An important aspect of the CSV format required by <em>Subsurface</em> is the -<em>Column Mapping</em>. In the example from different dive sites above, each line -of data is organised as follows:</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>Column 1: Dive site (location) -Column 2: Dive date -Column 3: Dive time -Column 4: Dive duration -Column 5: Maximum dive depth (m) -Column 6: Name of dive buddy</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> requires the column number of each of these data items. For -these data the column specification may look like this:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/CSV_column_definition.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV column definition" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Knowledge of a few basic things about he content of the CSV file allows a -smooth import of the dives into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If one keeps dive logs in a spreadsheet, there is an option to import those -dives, exported as a CSV file. See <a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a -spreadsheet to CSV format</a> for information of how to export a spreadsheet in -CSV format. When importing manually kept log files into <em>Subsurface</em>, the -information needed is quite different from that accessible using a dive -computer, as we are importing only summary data, not depth profile samples.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>When importing dives in CSV format (see above), one needs to know the -internal format of the CSV data to import.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Which character separates the different columns within a single line of -data? A recommended field separator for the export is TAB, as commas might -be part of the decimal data values themselves. Therefore the use of an -appropriate field separator is very important. When exporting data from a -spreadsheet it is likely to request the user to supply an appropriate field -separator character.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Which columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? Currently there are not -any mandatory input fields, but some, e.g. dive duration are crucial for the -log file to make any sense. Possible options can be seen in the image below -and one should include as many as possible of the fields available in the -original log file.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Units used for depth, weight and temperature. We consider depth to be either -feet or meters, weight kilograms or pounds and temperature either Celsius or -Fahrenheit. However, the users can select <em>Metric</em> or <em>Imperial</em> in the -<strong>Preferences</strong> tab of <em>Subsurface</em>. No mixture of unit systems is allowed for -the different fields.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Importing manually kept CSV log files is quite straight forward, but there -might be many fields and counting the field numbers is error -prone. Therefore validation of the data to be imported is critical.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>To import the dives, select <em>Import→Import Log Files</em> from the menu bar. If -the CSV option in the dropdown list is selected and the file list includes -file names ending with .CSV, one can select the <em>Manual dives</em> tab that will -bring up the following configuration dialog:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Import_CSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialog for Manual CSV logs" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Check the check boxes corresponding to the data in the original import -file. For each of the checked data items, a corresponding column number -needs to be entered. For instance in the image above, the name of the dive -site (i.e. location) is located as the 11th item (or column) on each line -of the CSV import file. The input fields can be configured as appropriate, -and when everything is done the <em>OK</em> button should be selected to perform -the import. New dives should appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong> area of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_Companion">4.4. Importing GPS coordinates with the <em>Subsurface Companion App</em> for mobile phones</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the <strong>Subsurface Companion App</strong> on an Android device with a GPS, the -coordinates for the diving location can be automatically passed to the -<em>Subsurface</em> dive log. The Companion App stores the dive locations on a -dedicated Internet-based file server. <em>Subsurface</em>, in turn, can collect the -localities from the file server.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>To do this:</p></div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_create_a_companion_app_account">4.4.1. Create a Companion App account</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Register on the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web -page</em></a>. A confirmation email with instructions and a personal <strong>DIVERID</strong> -will be sent, a long number that gives access to the file server and -Companion App capabilities.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Download the app from -<a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play -Store</a> or from -<a href="http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_using_the_subsurface_companion_app_on_a_smartphone">4.4.2. Using the Subsurface companion app on a smartphone</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>On first use the app has three options:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Create a new account.</em> Equivalent to registering in <em>Subsurface</em> companion -page using an Internet browser. One can request a <strong>DIVERID</strong> using this -option, but this is supplied via email and followed up by interaction with -the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a> in order -to activate the account.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Retrieve an account.</em> If users forgot their <strong>DIVERID</strong> they will receive an -email to recover the number.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Use an existing account.</em> Users are prompted for their <strong>DIVERID</strong>. The app -saves this <strong>DIVERID</strong> and does not ask for it again unless one uses the -<em>Disconnect</em> menu option (see below).</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> -</td> -<td class="content">In the <em>Subsurface</em> main program, the <strong>DIVERID</strong> should also be entered on -the Default Preferences panel, obtained by selecting -<em>File→Preferences→Defaults</em> from the main menu in <em>Subsurface</em> itself. -This facilitates synchronisation between <em>Subsurface</em> and the Companion App.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_creating_new_dive_locations">Creating new dive locations</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Now one is ready to get a dive position and send it to the server. The -Android display will look like the left hand image (<strong>A</strong>) below, but without -any dives.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Touch the "+" icon on the top right to add a new dive site, a menu will be -showed with 3 options:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it -is turned off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Use Map: This option allows the user to fix a position by searching a world -map. A world map is shown (see <strong>B</strong> below) on which one should indicate the -desired position with a <em>long press</em> on the touch sensitive screen (if the -marked location is erroneous, simply indicate a new location) and select -the check symbol in the upper right. A dialog is shown allowing to enter the -name of the dive location and the date-time of the dive (see <strong>C</strong> below). In -order to import this dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> it’s advisable to set the -time to agree with the time of that dive on the dive computer.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and -located archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the -stored locations shown. Now one needs to select the appropriate locations, -then select the tab in the upper right, after which the locations will be -sent to the web service and added to the list on the Android device.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_dive_lists_of_dive_locations">Dive lists of dive locations</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and -time (see <strong>A</strong> below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the -selection box to the left indicating that they require upload to the -server. One can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected -location has a check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations -(such as <em>Delete</em> or <em>Send</em>) are performed on several locations that are -selected.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations -or a map indicating the dive locations. The display mode (List or Map) is -changed by selecting <em>Dives</em> at the top left of the screen (see <strong>A</strong> below) -and then selecting the display mode. The display mode can be changed either -from the list of locations or from the map (see <strong>B</strong> below). If one selects a -location (on the list or on the map), an editing panel opens (see <strong>C</strong> below) -where the dive description or other details may be changed.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>When one clicks on a dive (<strong>not</strong> selecting the check box), the name given to -it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top -of the screen:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive - location. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Maps: Display a map showing the dive location. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>After editing and saving a dive location (see <strong>C</strong> above), one needs to -upload it to the web service, as explained below.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_uploading_dive_locations">Uploading dive locations</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several ways to send locations to the server. The easiest is by -simply selecting the locations (See <strong>A</strong> below) and then touching the right -arrow at the top right of the screen.</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Users must be careful, as the trash icon on the right means exactly what it -should; it deletes the selected dive location(s).</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to -be downloaded to a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log (see below).</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_settings_on_the_companion_app">Settings on the Companion app</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Settings</em> menu option results in the right hand image above -(<strong>B</strong>).</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_server_and_account">Server and account</h5> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>Web-service URL.</em> This is predefined (<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>) -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>User ID.</em> The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The -easiest way to obtain it is simply to copy and paste from the confirmation -email but, of course, users can also type this information.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_synchronisation">Synchronisation</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Synchronize on startup.</em> If selected, dive locations in the Android device -and those on the web service synchronise each time the app is started.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Upload new dives.</em> If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it -is automatically sent to the server.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_background_service">Background service</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Instead of entering a unique dive location, users can leave the service -running in the background of their Android device, allowing the continuous -collection of GPS locations.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The settings below define the behaviour of the service:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Min duration.</em> In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X -minutes until stopped by the user.</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>Min distance.</em> In meters. Minimum distance between two locations. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Name template.</em> The name the app will use when saving the locations. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Tip" /> -</td> -<td class="content"><em>How does the background service work?</em> Assuming the user sets 5 minutes and -50 meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location -at the current location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes <strong>or</strong> -every time one moves 50m from previous location. If subsequent locations -are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one, a new location is -not saved. If the user is not moving, only one location is saved, but if the -user is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a location every -50 meters.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_other">Other</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Mailing List.</em> The mail box for <em>Subsurface</em>. Users can send an email to -the Subsurface mailing list.</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>Subsurface website.</em> A link to the URL of Subsurface web -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Version.</em> Displays the current version of the Companion App. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_search">Search</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_start_service">Start service</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Initiates the <em>background service</em> following the previously defined -settings.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_disconnect">Disconnect</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>This is a badly named option that disconnects the app from the server by -resetting the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an account -can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the users own -ID. The disconnect option is useful if a user’s Android device was used to -download the dive locations of another registered diver.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_send_all_locations">Send all locations</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_downloading_dive_locations_to_the_em_subsurface_em_divelog">4.4.3. Downloading dive locations to the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into -<em>Subsurface</em> before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The -download dialog can be reached via <em>Ctrl+G</em> or from the <em>Subsurface</em> Main -Menu <em>Import → Import GPS data from Subsurface Service</em>, resulting in the -image on the left (<strong>A</strong>), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is -blank. Provide a DIVERID, then select the <em>Download</em> button to initiate the -download process, after which the screen on the right (<strong>B</strong>) below appears:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Downloading Companion app GPS data" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the <em>Apply</em> button is now active. By clicking on it, users can -update the locations of the newly entered or uploaded dives in <em>Subsurface</em> -which applies the coordinates and names entered on the app for all the new -dives that match the date-times of the uploaded GPS localities. If one has -entered the name of the dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> before downloading the -GPS coordinates, this name will take precedence over downloaded one.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Since <em>Subsurface</em> matches GPS locations from the Android device and dive -information from the dive computer based on date-time data, automatic -assignment of GPS data to dives is dependent on agreement of the date-time -information between these two devices. Although <em>Subsurface</em> has a wide -range tolerance, it may be unable to identify the appropriate dive if there -is a large difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the -Android device, resulting in no updates.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons -for this (e.g. time zones), or <em>Subsurface</em> may be unable to decide which is -the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive dives while running -<em>background service</em> there may be several locations that would be included -in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more -subsequent dives as well). A workaround for this situation to manually edit -the date-time of a dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> Dive List <strong>before</strong> downloading -the GPS data and then to change the date-time back again <strong>after</strong> downloading -GPS data.</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">TIPS:</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Background service</em>, being a very powerful tool, may fill the location list -with many unnecessary locations not corresponding to the exact dive point -but reflecting the boat’s route. Currently these locations are difficult to -delete from the server. In some situations it is therefore prudent to clean -up the list on the Android device before sending the dive points to the web -server by simply deleting the inappropriate locations. This might be -necessary, for instance, if one wants to keep the location list clear to see -dives in the web service map display (see above).</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to -the web server, or at least to use an informative name in the <em>Name -Template</em> setting while running the <em>background service</em>, especially on a -dive trip with many dives and dive locations.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_LoadImage">4.5. Adding photographs to dives</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs -during a dive. One would like to associate each photograph with a specific -dive. <em>Subsurface</em> allows one to load photos into a dive. Photos are -superimposed on the dive profile, from where they can be viewed.</p></div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_loading_photos_and_getting_synchronisation_between_dive_computer_and_camera">4.5.1. Loading photos and getting synchronisation between dive computer and camera</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then -right-click on this dive or group of dives and choose the option <em>Load -Images</em>:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs that need -to be loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and click the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>This brings one to the time synchronisation dialog, shown below. The -critical problem is that the time synchronisation is not perfect between the -dive computer used during a dive, and the camera used during that same -dive. These two devices often differ by several minutes. If <em>Subsurface</em> can -achieve synchronisation, then the exact times of photographs can be used to -position photographs on the dive profile.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> achieves this synchronisation in two ways:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Manually</strong>: If the user wrote down the exact camera time at the start of a dive, the -difference in time between the two devices can be determined. Actually, as long as the device -settings for time has not been changed in either device, one could write down the times of -both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day. One can then manually set the time -difference in the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. Towards the top of the dialog is a time setting tool -immediately under the heading <em>Shift times of image(s) by</em>, evident in figure <strong>A</strong> below. -If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting -tool to a value of 00:07. Select either the <em>earlier</em> or <em>later</em> radio button. -In the above example, the <em>earlier</em> option is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted -7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix -in that tool. Click the <em>OK</em> button and synchronisation is achieved.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronisation dialog" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>By photograph</strong>: There is a very slick way of achieving synchronisation. If one takes a -photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time, then <em>Subsurface</em> can obtain -the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata that the camera stores within -each photo. In order to do this, use the bottom half of the Time shift_ dialog. If one uses -the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on -the horizontal bar entitled "<em>Select image of divecomputer showing time</em>. This brings up -a file browser with which one can select the photograph of the dive computer. Select the -photograph using the file browser and click on <em>OK</em>. This photograph of the dive computer -appears in the bottom panel of the <em>Shift times</em> dialog. Now <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly -when the photograph has been taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo -so that this tool reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the -date-time tool has been set, <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly what the time difference between -camera and dive computer is, and synchronisation is achieved. There is a -photograph with the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the -date-time on image <strong>B</strong> above.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If the timestamp of a photograph is long before or after the dive, it is not -placed on the dive profile. If the timestamp of the photo is within 30 -minutes of the dive, it is shown.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_viewing_the_photos">4.5.2. Viewing the photos</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>In order to view the photos added to a dive, activate the <em>show-photos</em> -button in the tool bar to the left of the dive profile:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> panel. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions - reflecting the time each photograph was taken. See below: -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Photos on dive profile" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If one hovers with the mouse over any of the photo icons, then a thumbnail -photo is shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size photo overlaid on the -<em>Subsurface</em> window. This allows good viewing of the photographs that have -been added (see the image below). Note that the thumbnail has a small -dustbin icon in the bottom right hand corner (see image above). If one -selects the dustbin, the image is removed from the dive. Therefore some care -is required when clicking on a thumbnail. Images can also be deleted using -the <em>Photos</em> tab (see text below).</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_the_em_photos_em_tab">4.5.3. The <em>Photos</em> tab</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the <em>Photos</em> -tab of the <em>Dive Notes</em> panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a -dive (therefore sometimes with large overlap on the dive profile) can easily -be accessed in the <em>Photos</em> tab. This tab serves as a tool for individually -accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile give an -indication of when during a dive a photo was taken. By single-clicking on a -thumbnail in the <em>Photos</em> panel, a photo is selected. By double-clicking a -thumbnail, the full-sized image is shown, overlaying the <em>Subsurface</em> -window. A photo can be deleted from the <em>Photos</em> panel by selecting it -(single-click) and then by pressing the <em>Del</em> key on the keyboard. This -removes the photo both from the <em>Photos</em> tab as well as the dive profile.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_photos_on_an_external_hard_disk">4.5.4. Photos on an external hard disk</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Most underwater photographers store their photos on an external drive. If -such a drive can be mapped (almost always the case) the photos can be -directly accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. This facilitates the interaction between -<em>Subsurface</em> and an external repository of photos. When associating a dive -profile with photos from an external drive, the normal procedure of -selection and synchronisation (see text above) is used. However, after the -external drive has been disconnected, <em>Subsurface</em> cannot access these -photos any more. If the display of photos is activated (using the toolbox -to the left of the <em>Dive Profile</em>), the program only shows a small white dot -where each photo should be on the dive profile. In addition the <em>Photos</em> -tab only shows the file names of the photos. This is normal behaviour. If, -later, the external drive with the photos is connected again, the photos can -be seen in the normal way.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_logging_special_types_of_dives">4.6. Logging special types of dives</h3> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_sidemount_dives">4.6.1. Sidemount dives</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> easily handles dives involving more than one -cylinder. Sidemount dive logging involves three steps:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>During the dive, recording cylinder switch events</strong>. Since sidemount diving normally involves two -cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, <em>Subsurface</em> distinguishes among these different -cylinders. In contrast, most dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish among different -<em>gases</em> used, not among different <em>cylinders</em> used. This means that when sidemount dives are downloaded -from these dive computers, the events of switching between cylinders with the same gas are not downloaded. This may mean -that one may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer -has this facility) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning -from a dive with the information about cylinder changes is the only tricky part of logging sidemount dives. -<strong>Within <em>Subsurface</em> describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong>. The diver needs to provide the -specifications of the different cylinders, using the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Dive Info Panel</strong> (see -image below where two 12 litre cylinder were used). -<strong>Indicate cylinder change events on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive profile</strong>. Once the dive log has been imported -from a dive computer into <em>Subsurface</em>, the cylinder switch events need to be indicated on the dive profile. -Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile and then -selecting <em>Add gas change</em>. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the -currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2 -to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then indicated on the dive -profile with a cylinder symbol. If the <strong>Tank Bar</strong> is activated using the toolbar to the left of the -profile, then the cylinder change is also indicated on the Tank Bar (see image below). After all -the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures -for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as inthe image below.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Sidemount profile" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="_obtaining_more_information_about_dives_entered_into_the_logbook">5. Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_the_strong_dive_info_strong_tab_for_individual_dives">5.1. The <strong>Dive Info</strong> tab (for individual dives)</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The Dive Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive -that has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Useful information here includes -the surface interval before the dive, the maximum and mean depths of the -dive, the gas volume consumed, the surface air consumption (SAC) and the -number of oxygen toxicity units (OTU) incurred.</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Gas consumption and SAC calculations: <em>Subsurface</em> calculates SAC and Gas -consumption taking in account gas incompressibility, particularly at tank -pressures above 200 bar, making them more accurate. Users should refer to -<a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Appendix D</a> for more information.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_the_strong_extra_data_strong_tab_usually_for_individual_dives">5.2. The <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab (usually for individual dives)</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot -easily be presented in a standardised way because the nature of the -information differs from one dive computer to another. These data often -comprise setup information, metadata about a dive, battery levels, no fly -times, or gradient factors used during the dive. When possible, this -information is presented in the <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab. Below is an image showing -extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Extra Data tab" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_the_strong_stats_strong_tab_for_groups_of_dives">5.3. The <strong>Stats</strong> tab (for groups of dives)</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that -more than one dive has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong> using the standard -Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one dive has been selected, -figures pertaining to only that dive are given. This tab shows the number of -dives selected, the total amount of dive time in these dives, as well as the -minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration, water temperature and -surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the shallowest and -deepest dives of those selected.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">5.4. The <strong>Dive Profile</strong></h3> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Typical dive profile" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Of all the panels in <em>Subsurface</em>, the Dive Profile contains the most -detailed information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a <strong>button bar</strong> on -the left hand side that allows control over several display options. The -functions of these buttons are described below. The main item in the Dive -Profile is the graph of dive depth as a function of time. In addition to the -obvious information of the depth it also shows the ascent and descent rates -compared to the recommended speed of going up or down in the water -column. This information is given using different colours:</p></div> -<div class="tableblock"> -<table rules="all" -width="100%" -frame="border" -cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> -<col width="33%" /> -<col width="33%" /> -<col width="33%" /> -<tbody> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Colour</strong></p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Descent speed (m/min)</strong></p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Ascent speed (m/min)</strong></p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Red</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 18</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Orange</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Yellow</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Light green</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Dark green</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td> -</tr> -</tbody> -</table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the -graph. Thus, users should see the depth of the deepest point and other -peaks. Mean depth is marked with a horizontal red line.</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the <strong>Dive -Profile</strong> panel. Clicking the <strong>Scale</strong> button in the toolbar on the left of -the dive profile frequently increases the size of the dive profile to fill -the area of the panel efficiently.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Water temperature</strong> is displayed with its own blue line with temperature values -placed adjacent to significant changes.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile can include graphs of the <strong>partial pressures</strong> of O2, N2, -and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and dive -computer reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or repetitive -dives). Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green, those of -nitrogen in black, and those of helium in dark red. These partial pressure -graphs are shown below the profile data.</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>oxygen</strong> -during the dive. This is depicted below the dive depth and water temperature -graphs.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>nitrogen</strong> -during the dive.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>helium</strong> -during the dive. This is only of importance to divers using Trimix, -Helitrox or similar breathing gasses.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>air consumption</strong> graph displays the tank pressure and its change during -the dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when -manually entering the start and end pressures the graph is not a straight -line. Similarly to the depth graph the slope of the tank pressure gives the -user information about the momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when -using an air integrated dive computer. Here the colour coding is not -relative to some absolute values but relative to the average normalised air -consumption during the dive. So areas that are red or orange indicate times -of increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times when -the diver was using less gas than average.</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Clicking on the heart rate button will allow the display of heart rate -information during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart -rate sensor.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>It is possible to <strong>zoom</strong> into the profile graph. This is done either by using -the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of your mouse or trackpad. By default -<em>Subsurface</em> always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30 minutes -and 30m - (100ft) – this way short or shallow dives are intuitively recognizable; -something -that free divers clearly won’t care about.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="FIGURE: Measuring Bar" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Measurements of <strong>depth or time differences</strong> can be achieved by using the -<strong>ruler button</strong> on the left of the dive profile panel. The measurement is -done by dragging the red dots to the two points on the dive profile that the -user wishes to measure. Information is then given in the horizontal white -area underneath the two red dots.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile by -selecting the <strong>Show-photo</strong> button. The position of a photo on the profile -indicates the exact time when this photo was taken. If this button is not -active, the photos are hidden.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile can also include the dive computer reported <strong>ceiling</strong> (more -precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each -particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent -ceilings arise when a direct ascent to the surface increases the risk of a -diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary to -either ascend slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to -the surface. Not all dive computers record this information and make it -available for download; for example all of the Suunto dive computers fail to -make this very useful data available to divelog software. <em>Subsurface</em> also -calculates ceilings independently, shown as a green overlay on the dive -profile. Because of the differences in algorithms used and amount of data -available (and other factors taken into consideration at the time of the -calculation) it is unlikely that ceilings from dive computers and from -<em>Subsurface</em> are the same, even if the same algorithm and <em>gradient factors</em> -(see below) are used. It is also quite common that <em>Subsurface</em> calculates -a ceiling for non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in -non-deco mode during the whole dive (represented by the <span class="green">dark green</span> -section in the profile at the beginning of this section). This is caused by -the fact that <em>Subsurface’s</em> calculations describe the deco obligation at -each moment during a dive, while dive computers usually take the upcoming -ascent into account. During the ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly -helium) are already breathed off so even though the diver technically -encountered a ceiling at depth, the dive still does not require an explicit -deco stop. This feature allows dive computers to offer longer non-stop -bottom times.</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to -<em>Subsurface</em> during upload of dives, this can be shown as a red area by -checking <strong>Dive computer reported ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">If the <strong>Calculated ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a -ceiling, calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>, is shown in green if it exists for a -particular dive (<strong>A</strong> in figure below). This setting can be modified in two -ways:</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>show all tissues</strong> button on the Profile Panel is -clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue compartments following the -Bühlmann model (<strong>B</strong> in figure below).</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>3m increments</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, -then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments (<strong>C</strong> in figure below).</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be -represented as a coloured bar at the bottom of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. In -general oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen with a yellow bar and -helium with a red bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a -trimix cylinder (red and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder -(yellow and green) after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light -blue bar.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Cylinder use graph" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/tissues.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Display inert gas tissue pressures relative to ambient inert gas pressure -(horizontal grey line). Tissue pressures are calculated using the Bühlmann -ZH-L16 algorithm and are displayed as lines ranging from green (faster -tissues) to blue (slower tissues). The black line, graphed above the -ambient pressure, is the maximum allowable tissue supersaturation (pressure -limit) derived from the gradient factors specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong>. For -divers involved in planned decompression diving, efficient rates of -offgasing are obtained with tissue pressures between the ambient inert gas -pressure (grey line) and the pressure limit (black line). This display is a -representation of the tissue pressures during the whole dive. In contast, -the <a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure Graph</a> in the <strong>Information Box</strong> -on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> is an instantaneous reflection of tissue pressures at -the moment in time reflected by the position of the cursor on the dive -profile.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/tissuesGraph.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure graph" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their -depths. For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on -<a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>. The currently -used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if -the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated. <strong>N.B.:</strong> The indicated -gradient factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer, -but those used by <em>Subsurface</em> to calculate deco obligations during the -dive. For more information external to this manual see:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_the_dive_profile_context_menu">5.5. The Dive Profile context menu</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while -the mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu allows the -creation of Bookmarks or Gas Change Event markers or manual CCR set-point -changes other than the ones that might have been imported from a Dive -Computer. Markers are placed against the depth profile line and with the -time of the event set by where the mouse cursor was when the right mouse -button was initially clicked to bring up the menu. Gas Change events involve -a selection of which gas is being switched to, the list of choices being -based on the available gases defined in the Equipment Tab. Set-point change -events open a dialog allowing to choose the next set-point value. As in the -planner, a set-point value of zero indicates the diver is breathing from an -open circuit system while any non-zero value indicates the use of a closed -circuit rebreather (CCR). By right-clicking while over an existing marker a -menu appears, adding options to allow deletion of the marker or to allow all -markers of that type to be hidden. Hidden events can be restored to view by -selecting Unhide all events from the context menu.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_the_strong_information_box_strong">5.6. The <strong>Information Box</strong></h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The Information box displays a large range of information pertaining to the -dive profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the -<strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. If the mouse points outside of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> -panel, then only the top line of the Information Box is visible (see -left-hand part of figure (<strong>A</strong>) below). The Information Box can be moved -around in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so -that it is not obstructing important detail. The position of the Information -Box is saved and used again during subsequent dive analyses.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figure: Information Box" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The moment the mouse points inside the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, the information -box expands and shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect -the time point along the dive profile indicated by the mouse cursor (see -right-hand part of figure (<strong>B</strong>) above where the Information Box reflects the -situation at the position of the cursor [arrow] in that image). Therefore, -moving the cursor in the horizontal direction allows the Information Box to -show information for any point along the dive profile. In this mode, the -Information Box gives extensive statistics about depth, gas and ceiling -characteristics of the particular dive. These include: Time period into the -dive (indicated by a @), depth, cylinder pressure (P), temperature, -ascent/descent rate, surface air consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure, -maximum operating depth, equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic -depth (END), equivalent air density depth (EADD), decompression requirements -at that instant in time (Deco), time to surface (TTS), the calculated -ceiling, as well as the calculated ceiling for several Bühlmann tissue -compartments.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The user has control over the display of several statistics, represented as -four buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Maximum -Operating Depth (MOD)</strong> of the dive, given the gas mixture used. MOD is -dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas. For air (21% -oxygen) it is around 57 m. Below the MOD there is a markedly increased risk -of exposure to the dangers associated with oxygen toxicity.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>No-deco -Limit (NDL)</strong> or the <strong>Total Time to Surface (TTS)</strong>. NDL is the time duration -that a diver can continue with a dive, given the present depth, that does -not require decompression (that is, before an ascent ceiling appears). Once -one has exceeded the NDL and decompression is required (that is, there is an -ascent ceiling above the diver, then TTS gives the number of minutes -required before the diver can surface. TTS includes ascent time as well as -decompression time.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Surface Air -Consumption (SAC)</strong>. SAC is an indication of the surface-normalised -respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC is less than the real -respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at a rate roughly -double that of the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives an indication -of breathing gas consumption rate independent of the depth of the dive so -that the respiratory rates of different dives can be compared. The units for -SAC is litres/min or cub ft/min.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Clicking this button displays the <strong>Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)</strong> for nitrox -dives as well as the <strong>Equivalent Narcotic Depth (END)</strong> for trimix -dives. These are numbers of importance to divers who use breathing gases -other than air. Their values are dependent on the composition of the -breathing gas. The EAD is the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the -same partial pressure of nitrogen as the current depth of the nitrox dive at -hand. A nitrox dive leads to the same decompression obligation as an air -dive to the depth equalling the EAD. The END is the depth of a hypothetical -air dive that has the same sum of partial pressures of the narcotic gases -nitrogen and oxygen as the current trimix dive. A trimix diver can expect -the same narcotic effect as a diver breathing air diving at a depth -equalling the END.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Figure (<strong>B</strong>) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of -data.</p></div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">5.6.1. The Gas Pressure Bar Graph</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>On the left of the <strong>Information Box</strong> is a vertical bar graph indicating the -pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if -applicable) that the diver was inhaling <em>at a particular instant during the -dive</em>, indicated by the position of the cursor on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The -drawing on the left below indicates the meaning of the different parts of -the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the -light green area indicating the total gas pressure inhaled by the diver and -measured from the bottom of the graph to the top of the light green -area. This pressure has a <em>relative</em> value in the graph and does not -indicate absolute pressure.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the -equilibrium pressure of the inert gases inhaled by the diver, usually -nitrogen. In the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium -combined. In this example, the user is diving with EAN32, so the inert gas -pressure is 68% of the distance from the bottom of the graph to the total -gas pressure value.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of -inert gas in each of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann -algorithm, the fast tissues being on the left hand side.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to -the depth of the diver at the particular point on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The -appropriate gradient factor is an interpolation between the FGLow and GFHigh -values specified in the Graph tab of the <strong>Preferences Panel</strong> of -<strong>Subsurface</strong>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived -M-value, that is the pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation -is expected to be severe, resulting in decompression sickness.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>These five values are indicated on the left in the graph above. The way the -Gas Pressure Bar Graph changes during a dive is indicated on the right hand -side of the above figure for a diver using EAN32.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Graph <strong>A</strong> indicates the situation at the start of a dive with diver at the -surface. The pressures in all the tissue compartments are still at the -equilibrium pressure because no diving has taken place.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Graph <strong>B</strong> indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the -tissue compartments have had time to respond to the descent, their gas -pressures being far below the equilibrium gas pressure.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Graph <strong>C</strong> represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast -compartments have attained equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the hight of -the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The slower compartments -(towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of -slowly increasing in pressure.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Graph <strong>D</strong> shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since, -during ascent, the total inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4 -bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue compartments now -exceed that of the total gas pressure and approaches the gradient factor -value (i.e. the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in -exceeding the gradient factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Graph <strong>E</strong> indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10 -minutes. The fast compartments have decreased in pressure. As expected, the -pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much. The pressures in -the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the -diver is safer than in the situation indicated in graph <strong>D</strong>.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="_organising_the_logbook_manipulating_groups_of_dives">6. Organising the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_the_dive_list_context_menu">6.1. The Dive List context menu</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Many actions within <em>Subsurface</em> are dependent on a context menu used mostly -to manipulate groups of dives. The context menu is found by selecting a dive -or a group of dives and then right-clicking.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Figure: Context Menu" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu is used in many manipulations described below.</p></div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_customising_the_information_showed_in_the_strong_dive_list_strong_panel">6.1.1. Customising the information showed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel</h4> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Example: Dive list info options" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The default information in the <strong>Dive List</strong> includes, for each dive, -Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, Dive_duration and Dive_location. This -information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the header -bar of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. For instance, a right-click on the <em>Date</em> header -brings up a list of items that can be shown in the dive list (see -above). Select an item to be shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> or to be deleted from -the dive list, and the list is immediately updated accordingly. Preferences -for information shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> is saved and used when <em>Subsurface</em> -is re-opened.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_selecting_dives_from_a_particular_dive_site">6.1.2. Selecting dives from a particular dive site</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers have long dive lists and it may be difficult to locate all the -dives at a particular site. By pressing <em>Ctl-F</em> on the keyboard, a text box -is opened at the top left hand of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Type the name of a dive -site in this text box and the <strong>Dive List</strong> is immediately filtered to show -only the dives for that site.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_Renumber">6.2. Renumbering the dives</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low -sequence numbers) to recent dives (having the highest sequence numbers). The -numbering of the dives is not always consistent. For instance, when -non-recent dives are added to the dive list the numbering does not -automatically follow on because of the dives that are more recent in -date/time than the newly-added dive with an older date/time. Therefore, one -may sometimes need to renumber the dives. This is performed by selecting -(from the Main Menu) <em>Log → Renumber</em>. Users are given a choice with -respect to the lowest sequence number to be used. Completing this operation -results in new sequence numbers (based on date/time) for the dives in the -<strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_Group">6.3. Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. <em>Subsurface</em> -can group dives into <em>trips</em>. It performs this by grouping dives that have -date/times that are not separated in time by more than two days, thus -creating a single heading for each diving trip represented in the dive -log. Below is an ungrouped dive list (<strong>A</strong>, on the left) as well as the -corresponding grouped dive list comprising five dive trips (<strong>B</strong>, on the -right):</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Figure: Grouping dives" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without -having to scan a long lists of dives. In order to group the dives in a dive -list, (from the Main Menu) users must select <em>Log → Autogroup</em>. The <strong>Dive -List</strong> panel now shows only the titles for the trips.</p></div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_editing_the_title_and_associated_information_for_a_particular_trip">6.3.1. Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip -title. More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip -title from the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This shows a <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab in the <strong>Dive -Notes</strong> panel. Here users can add or edit information about the date/time, -the trip location and any other general comments about the trip as a whole -(e.g. the dive company that was dived with, the general weather and surface -conditions during the trip, etc.). After entering this information, users -should select <strong>Save</strong> from the buttons at the top right of the <strong>Trip Notes</strong> -tab. The trip title in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel should now reflect some of the -edited information.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_viewing_the_dives_during_a_particular_trip">6.3.2. Viewing the dives during a particular trip</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dives have been grouped into trips, users can expand one or more -trips by clicking the arrow-head on the left of each trip title. This -expands the selected trip, revealing the individual dives performed during -the trip.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_collapsing_or_expanding_dive_information_for_different_trips">6.3.3. Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If a user right-clicks after selecting a particular trip in the dive list, -the resulting context menu allows several possibilities to expand or -collapse dives within trips. This includes expanding all trips, collapsing -all trips and collapsing all trips except the selected one.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_merging_dives_from_more_than_one_trip_into_a_single_trip">6.3.4. Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>By right-clicking on a selected trip title in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel, a -context menu shows up that allows the merging of trips by either merging of -the selected trip with the trip below or with the trip above.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_splitting_a_single_trip_into_more_than_one_trip">6.3.5. Splitting a single trip into more than one trip</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If a trip includes five dives, the user can split this trip into two trips -(trip 1: top 3 dives; trip 2: bottom 2 dives) by selecting and -right-clicking the top three dives. The resulting context menu allows the -user to create a new trip by choosing the option <strong>Create new trip -above</strong>. The top three dives are then grouped into a separate trip. The -figures below shows the selection and context menu on the left (A) and the -completed action on the right (B):</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_manipulating_single_dives">6.4. Manipulating single dives</h3> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_delete_a_dive_from_the_dive_log">6.4.1. Delete a dive from the dive log</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and -right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, and then selecting <strong>Delete -dive(s)</strong>. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete -workshop calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short -duration.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_unlink_a_dive_from_a_trip">6.4.2. Unlink a dive from a trip</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Users can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. In order to do -this, select and right-click the relevant dives to bring up the context -menu. Then select the option <strong>Remove dive(s) from trip</strong>. The dive(s) now -appear immediately above the trip to which they belonged.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_add_a_dive_to_the_trip_immediately_above">6.4.3. Add a dive to the trip immediately above</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed -within the trip immediately above the currently active trip. To do this, -select and right-click the dive(s) to bring up the context menu, and then -select <strong>Add dive(s) to trip immediately above</strong>.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_shift_the_start_time_of_dive_s">6.4.4. Shift the start time of dive(s)</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes it is necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply -to situations where dives are performed in different time zones or when the -dive computer has an erroneous time. In order to do this, user must select -and right-click the dive(s) to be adjusted. This action brings up the -context menu on which the <strong>Shift times</strong> option should be selected. User must -then specify the time (in hours and minutes) by which the dives should be -adjusted and click on the option indicating whether the time adjustment -should be forwards or backwards.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect3"> -<h4 id="_merge_dives_into_a_single_dive">6.4.5. Merge dives into a single dive</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, e.g. if a diver returns to the -surface for a few minutes, resulting in two or more dives being recorded by -the dive computer and appearing as different dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> -panel. Users can merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the -appropriate dives, right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then -selecting <strong>Merge selected dives</strong>. It may be necessary to edit the dive -information in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> panel to reflect events or conditions that -apply to the merged dive. The figure below shows the depth profile of two -such dives that were merged:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Example: Merged dive" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_Filter">6.5. Filtering the dive list</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel can be filtered, that is, one can select -only some of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site, -dive master, buddy or protective clothing. For instance, filtering allows -one to list the deep dives at a particular dive site, or otherwise the cave -dives with a particular buddy.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>To open the filter, select <em>Log → Filter divelist</em> from the main menu. This -opens the <em>Filter Panel</em> at the top of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Three icons -are located at the top right hand of the filter panel. The <em>Filter Panel</em> -can be reset (i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting the <strong>+</strong>. The -<em>Filter Panel</em> may also be minimised by selecting the middle icon. When -minimised, only these three icons are shown. The panel can be maximised by -clicking the icon that minimised the panel. The filter may also be reset and -closed by selecting the button with the flag. An example of the <em>Filter -Panel</em> is shown in the figure below.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figure: Filter panel" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person -(buddy / dive master), dive site and dive suit, each of which is represented -by a check list with check boxes. Above each check list is a second-level -filter tool, allowing the listing of only some of the attributes within that -check list. For instance, typing "<em>ca</em>" in the filter textbox above the tags -check list results in the tags check list being reduced to "<em>cave</em>" and -"<em>cavern</em>". Filtering of the check list enables the rapid finding of search -terms for filtering the dive list.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>To activate filtering of the dive list, the check box of at least one item -in one of the four check lists needs to be checked. The dive list is then -shortened to include only the dives that pertain to the selection criteria -specified in the check lists. The four check lists work as a filter with -<em>AND</em> operators, Subsurface filters therefore for <em>cave</em> as a tag AND <em>Joe -Smith</em> as a buddy; but the filters within a category are inclusive - -filtering for <em>cave</em> and <em>boat</em> shows those dives that have either one or -both of these tags.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="S_ExportLog">7. Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The export function can be reached by selecting <em>File → Export</em>, which -brings up the Export dialog. This dialog always gives two options: save ALL -dives, or save only the dives selected in <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of -<em>Subsurface</em>. Click the appropriate radio button (see images below).</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Export.jpg" alt="Figure: Export dialog" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>A dive log or part of it can be saved in three formats:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>Subsurface XML</em> format. This is the native format used by <em>Subsurface</em>. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> for more -information. UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many -dive computers and computer programs.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Divelogs.de</em>, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to -<em>Divelogs.de</em>, one needs a user-ID as well as a password for -<em>Divelogs.de</em>. Log into <em>http://en.divelogs.de</em> and subscribe to this -service in order to upload dive log data from <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> format, that includes the most critical information of the dive -profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, -duration, depth, temperature and pressure.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Worldmap</em> format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and -some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>HTML</em> format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable with -an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript -must be enabled. This generated HTML file is not intended to be edited by -the users. The HTML dive log contains most of the information and also -contains a search option to search the dive log. HTML export is specified on -the second tab of the Export dialog (image <strong>B</strong> above).</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>General Settings</em>, under the HTML tab, provides the following options: -</p> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the -numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered -starting from 1. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will -be attached with the HTML exports. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Export List only: a list of dives will only be exported and the detailed dive -information will not be available. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Under <em>Style Options</em> some style-related options are available like font -size and theme.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Export to other formats can be achieved through third party facilities, for -instance <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">8. Keeping a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log in the Cloud</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p>For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a -record of diving activities for one’s own pleasure, but it is important -information required for admission to further training courses or -(sometimes) even diving sites. The security of the dive log is therefore -critical. In order to have a dive log that is resistant to failure of a home -computer hard drive, loss or theft of equipment, the Cloud is an obvious -solution. This also has the added benefit that one can access one’s dive log -from anywhere in the world without having to carry it with oneself. For this -reason, facilities such as <em>divelogs.de</em> and <em>Diving Log</em> offer facilities -to store dive log information on the Internet. Although <em>Subsurface</em> does -not offer integrated Cloud storage of dive logs, it is simple to achieve -this using several of the existing facilities on the Internet.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>For instance <a href="http://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a> offers a free application -that allows files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on -one’s desktop computer.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dropbox folder" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Dropbox</em> program creates a copy of the <em>Dropbox</em> Internet Cloud content -on one’s desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet, -the Internet content is automatically updated. Therefore both the <em>Open</em> and -<em>Save</em> of dive logs are done using the local copy of the dive log in the -local <em>Dropbox</em> folder, so there’s no need for a direct internet -connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive, the remote -copy in the <em>Dropbox</em> server in the Cloud will be automatically updated -whenever Internet access is available.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>In this way a dive log in one’s <em>Dropbox</em> folder can be accessed seamlessly -from the Internet and can be accessed from any place with Internet -access. Currently there are no costs involved for this service. Dropbox -(Windows, Mac and Linux) can be installed by accessing the -<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/install"><em>Install Page on the Dropbox website</em></a> -Alternatively one can use <em>Dropbox</em> as a mechanism to backup one’s dive -log. To Store a dive log in the Cloud, select <em>File→Save as</em> from the -<em>Subsurface</em> main menu, navigate to the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the -<em>Save</em> button. To access the dive log in the Cloud, select <em>File→Open -Logbook</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em> main menu and navigate to the dive log file -in the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the -same process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">9. Printing a dive log</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a simple interface to print a whole dive log or only a -few selected dives, including dive profiles and other contextual -information.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Before printing, two decisions are required:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part of the -dive log is required, then the user must select the required dives from the -<strong>Dive List</strong> panel. -What gas partial pressure information is required on the dive profile? Users -should select the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to the left -of the Dive Profile panel.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Now the print options should be selected to match the user’s needs. To do -this, user should select <em>File→Print</em> from the Main menu. The following -dialogue appears (see the image on the left [A], below).</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/PrintDiveLog.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Under <em>Print type</em> users need to select one of three options:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Print the complete Dive List: to do this, <em>Table Print</em> should be selected. -Print the selected dives (dive profiles and all other information) at 6 -dives per printed page: to do this, users should select <em>6 dives per page</em>. -Print the selected dives (dive profiles and all other information) at 2 -dives per printed page: to do this, users should select <em>2 dives per page</em>. -Print the selected dives (dive profiles and all other information) at 1 dive -per printed page: to do this, users should select <em>1 dive per page</em>. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Under <em>Print options</em> users need to select:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Printing only the dives that have been selected from the dive list prior to -activating the print dialogue, achieved by checking the box <em>Print only -selected dives</em>. -- Printing in colour, achieved by checking the box with <em>Print in colour</em>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Ordering</em> affects the layout of the page (or part of it) for each -dive. The dive profile could be printed at the top of each dive, with the -textual information underneath, or it could be printed with the textual -information at the top with the dive profile underneath. Users should select -the appropriate option in the print dialogue. See the image below which has -a layout with text below the dive profile.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Users can <em>Preview</em> the printed page by selecting the <em>Preview</em> button on -the dialogue. After preview, changes to the options in the print dialogue -can be made, resulting in a layout that fits personal taste.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, select the <em>Print</em> button in the dialogue. This activates the regular -print dialogue used by the user operating system (image [<strong>B</strong>] in the middle, -above), allowing them to choose a printer and to set its properties (image -[<strong>C</strong>] on the right, above). It is important to set the print resolution of -the printer to an appropriate value by changing the printer -properties. Finally, one can print the dives. Below is a (rather small) -example of the output for one particular page.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print preview page" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="S_Preferences">10. Setting user <em>Preferences</em> for <em>Subsurface</em></h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings within <em>Subsurface</em> that the user can -specify. These are found when selecting <em>File→Preferences</em>. The settings -are performed in five groups: <strong>Defaults</strong>, <strong>Units</strong>, <strong>Graph</strong>, <strong>Language</strong> and -<strong>Network</strong>. All five sections operate on the same principles: the user must -specify the settings that are to be changed, then these changes are saved -using the <strong>Apply</strong> button. After applying all the new settings users can then -leave the settings panel by selecting <strong>OK</strong>.</p></div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_defaults">10.1. Defaults</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings in the <strong>Defaults</strong> panel:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Pref1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences defaults page" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Lists and tables</strong>: Here one can specify the font type and font size of the -<strong>Dive Table</strong> panel. By decreasing the font size of the <strong>Dive Table</strong>, users can see more dives on a screen. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Dives</strong>: For the <em>Default Dive File</em> one need to specify the directory and -file name of one’s -electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension .xml. When -launched, <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically load the specified dive log book. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Display invalid</strong>: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide -dives that he/she don’t consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to -keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in -the dive list. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Default cylinder</strong>: Here users can specify the default cylinder listed in -the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> panel. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Animations</strong>: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using -animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to -dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not -happen instantaneously, but are animated. The <em>Speed</em> of animations can be controlled -by setting this slider -with faster animation speed to the left, with a 0 value representing no animation -at all. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Subsurface web service</strong>: When one subscribes to the <a href="#S_Companion">Subsurface web service</a>, a very -long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By -checking the option <em>Save User ID locally?</em>, one ensures that a local copy of that userID -is saved. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Clear all settings</strong>: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are -cleared and set to default values. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_units">10.2. Units</h3> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Pref2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Units page" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Here user can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure, -volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio -button at the top, users can specify that all units are in the chosen -measurement system. Alternatively, if one selects the <strong>Personalise</strong> radio -button, units can be selected independently, with some units in the metric -system and others in imperial.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_graph">10.3. Graph</h3> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Pref3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Graph page" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p>This panel allows two type of selections:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Show</strong>: Here users can specify the amount of information shown as part of -the dive profile: -<strong>* Thresholds: <em>Subsurface</em> can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium partial pressures during -the dive. These are enabled using the toolbar on the left hand side of the *Dive Profile</strong> -panel. For each of these graphs users can specify a threshold value on the right-hand side of the -Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above this threshold level, the graph is -highlighted in red, indicating that the threshold has been exceeded.</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<em>Draw dive computer reported ceiling red</em>: This checkbox allows exactly what it says. -Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ -from the ceilings calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>. This is because of the different algorithms and gradient factors available for calculating ceilings, as well as the dynamic way that a -dive computer can calculate ceilings during a dive. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab</em>: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong>. Conversely, if this box is not checked, and any cylinders entered using the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong> are not used (e.g. there was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Show average depth</em>: Activating this checkbox causes <em>Subsurface</em> to draw a red line across -the dive profile, indicating the mean depth of the dive. -</p> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Misc</strong>: -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Gradient Factors:* Here users can set the <em>gradient factors</em> used while diving. GF_Low is -the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used just below the surface. -At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used. -Gradient factors add conservatism to the nitrogen exposure during a dive, in a -similar way that many dive computers have a conservatism setting. The lower -the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with -respect to nitrogen loading and the deeper the ascent ceilings are. Gradient -factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 60/90 are considered -harsh. Checking <strong>GFLow at max depth</strong> box causes GF_Low to be used at the -deepest depth of a dive. If this box is not checked, GF_Low is applied at -all depths deeper than the first deco stop. For more information see: -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_language">10.4. Language</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Choose a language that <em>Subsurface</em> will use.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Pref4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Language page" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>A checkbox allows one to use the <em>System Default</em> language which in most -cases will be the correct setting; with this <em>Subsurface</em> simply runs in the -same language / country settings as the underlying OS. If this is for some -reason undesirable users can uncheck this checkbox and pick a language / -country combination from the list of included localizations. The <em>Filter</em> -text box allows one to list similar languages. For instance there are -several system variants of English or French. This particular preference -requires a restart of <em>Subsurface</em> to take effect.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_network">10.5. Network</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel facilitates communication between <em>Subsurface</em> and data sources -on the Internet.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Pref5.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Network page" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>This is important, for instance, when <em>Subsurface</em> needs to communicate with -Internet services such as the <a href="#S_Companion"><em>Subsurface Companion app</em></a> or -data export/import from <em>Divelogs.de</em>. These Internet requirements are -determined by one’s type of connection to the Internet and by the Internet -Service Provider (ISP) used. One’s ISP should provide the appropriate -information. If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the appropriate -information needs to be provided here. The type of proxy needs to be -selected from the dropdown list. after which the IP address of the host and -the appropriate port number should be provided. If the proxy server uses -authentication, the appropriate userID and password also needs to be -provided so that <em>Subsurface</em> can automatically pass through the proxy -server to access the Internet.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">11. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive planning is an advanced feature of <em>Subsurface</em>, accessible by -selecting <em>Log → Plan Dive</em> from the main menu. It allows calculation of -nitrogen load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the -addition of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker.</p></div> -<div class="sidebarblock"> -<div class="content"> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> -</td> -<td class="content">The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL and assumes the user -is already familiar with the <em>Subsurface</em> user interface. It is explicitly -used under the following conditions:</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to -perform dive planning. -- The user plans dives within his/her certification limits. -Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the -<em>average person</em> and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health -or personal history or life style characteristics. -- The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is - used. -- The user is familiar with the user interface of <em>Subsurface</em>. -A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should -not use this feature.</p></div> -</div></div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_planner_screen">11.1. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner screen</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Like the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log, the planner screen is divided into several -sections (see image below). The <strong>setup</strong> parameters for a dive are entered -into the several sections on the left hand side of the screen. The setup is -divided into several sections: Available Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options -and Dive Notes.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top right hand is a green <strong>design panel</strong> upon which the profile of -the dive can be manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained -below. This feature makes the <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner unique in ease of -use.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of <em>Dive Plan -Details</em>. This is where the details of the dive plan are provided in a way -that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where any warning -messages about the dive plan are printed.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/PlannerWindow1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive planner startup window" /> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_initiating_dive_planning">11.2. Initiating dive planning</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive planner comprises two parts: <strong>constructing a dive plan</strong> and -<strong>evaluating</strong> that dive plan. To perform dive planning, perform these steps:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Clear the existing dive log by creating a new planning log. This is achieved -by selecting <em>File → New logbook</em> from the main menu. This way, dive plans -are kept separate from the existing dive log of completed dives.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>In the top left-hand area of the screen, ensure that the constant dive -parameters are appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the dive, -Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude above sea level of the dive site. The -atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude in metres, assuming -an atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>In the table labelled <em>Available Gases</em>, add the information of the -cylinders to be used as well as the gas composition within that -cylinder. This is done in a similar way as for <a href="#S_CylinderData">providing cylinder data for dive logs</a>. Choose the cylinder type by double clicking -the cylinder type and using the dropdown list, then specify the work -pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the oxygen concentration (O2%) filed -empty, the dive gas is assumed to be air. Otherwise enter the oxygen and/or -helium concentration in the boxes provided in this dialogue. Add additional -cylinders by using the "+" icon to the top righthand of the dialogue.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The dialogue indicating <em>Dive Planner Points</em> is usually not used at this -stage of the dive planning.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_managing_nitrogen_oxygen_and_gas_consumption">11.3. Managing nitrogen, oxygen and gas consumption</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The planning is performed in three stages:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>a) Nitrogen management</strong>: This is performed by specifying the rates for descent and ascent, -as well as the gradient factors (GFLow and GFHigh) under the headings <em>Rates</em> and <em>Planning</em> -to the bottom left of the planning screen. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the <em>Preferences</em> -panel of <em>Subsurface</em> is used. If these are changed within the planner (see <em>Gas Options</em> within -the planner), the new values are -used without changing the original specifications in the <em>Preferences</em>. Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths. -A very low GFLow value brings about decompression stops early on during the dive. - ** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>. -For more information external to this manual see:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10: 1-905492-07-3. -An excellent non-technical review. -</p> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive and is specified -for several depth ranges, utilising the average (or mean) depth as a yardstick. The mean depth -of the dive plan is indicated on the dive profile in the green panel of the dive planner. Ascent rates -at deeper levels are often in the range of 8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are -often in the range of 4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option <em>Drop to first depth</em> -is activated, then the descent phase of the planned dive will be at the maximal descent rate specified -in the <em>Rates</em> section of the dive setup. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Oxygen management</strong>: In the <strong>Gas Options</strong> part of the dive specification, the maximum partial -pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the -bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom po2</em>) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (<em>deco po2</em>). -The most commonly -used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression -stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. PO2 settings and the depth at which switching to a gas takes place can also be edited in the -<em>Available Gases</em> dialog. Normally the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during -ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has decreased to 1.6 bar.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>c) Gas management</strong>: One needs keep within the limits of the amount of gas contained in the dive -cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for safe return to the surface, possibly -sharing with a buddy. Under the <em>Gas Options</em> heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate -of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in -litres/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the -bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom SAC</em>) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the -dive (<em>deco SAC</em>). Values of 20-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a thumbsuck guess -is not sufficient and one needs to -monitor one’s gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment. -The planner will calculate the total volume of gas used during the dive and will issue a warning -if one exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that one does not dive to -the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept for unforeseen circumstances. -For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Now (at last) one can start the detailed time-depth planning of the -dive. <em>Subsurface</em> offers a unique graphical interface for performing this -part of the planning. The mechanics of doing this is similar to -hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of <em>Subsurface</em>. Upon -activating the planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for 40 min is offered -in the green design surface to the top right hand of the screen. The white -dots (waypoints) on the profile can be dragged with a mouse. Create more -waypoints by double-clicking on the profile line and ensuring that the -profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to represent the -depth and duration of the dive. If any of the management limits (for -nitrogen, oxygen or gas) is exceeded, the surface above the dive profile -changes from BLUE to RED.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a <em>Dive Planner Point</em> in the -table on the left of the dive planner panel. Ensure that the <em>Used Gas</em> -value in each row of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures -specified in the table with <em>Available Gases</em> immediately above the Dive -Planner Points. Add new waypoints until the main features of the dive have -been completed, e.g. the bottom time segment and deep stops (if these are -implemented). Leave the remaining waypoints on the ascent to -<em>Subsurface</em>. In most cases <em>Subsurface</em> computes additional way points in -order to fulfil decompression requirements for that dive. A waypoint can be -moved by selecting that waypoint and by using the arrow keys. The waypoints -listed in the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialogue can be edited by hand in order -to obtain a precise presentation of the dive plan. In fact, one can create -the whole dive profile by editing the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialog.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Indicate any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as -explained in the section <a href="#S_CreateProfile">hand-creating a dive profile</a>. These changes should reflect the cylinders and gas compositions -defined in the table with <em>Available Gases</em>. If two or more gases are used, -automatic gas switches will be suggested during the ascent to the -surface. However, these changes can be deleted by right-clicking the gas -change and by manually creating a gas change by right-clicking on the -appropriate waypoint.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>A non-zero value in the "CC set point" column of the table of dive planner -points indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the -segment is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last -manually entered segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is -computed assuming the diver uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the -last segment (however short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero -set-point) the decompression is computed in OC mode. The planner only -considers gas changes in OC mode.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent -using EAN50 and using the settings as described above.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/DivePlanner2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the above has been completed, one can save it by clicking the <em>Save</em> -button towards the bottom left of the green design panel. The saved dive -plan will appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_the_dive_plan_details">11.4. The dive plan details</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>On the bottom right of the dive planner, under <em>Dive Plan Details</em>, the -exact details of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified -by checking any of the options under the <em>Dive Notes</em> section of the dive -planner, immediately to the left of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. If a <em>Verbatim -diveplan</em> is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive -plan is given. If any of the management specifications have been exceeded -during the planning, a warning message is printed underneath the dive plan -information.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If the option <em>Display segment duration</em> is checked, then the duration of -each depth level is indicated in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This duration -INCLUDES the transition time to get to that level. However, if the <em>Display -transition in deco</em> option is checked, the transitions are shown separately -from the segment durations at a particular level.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_Replan">11.5. Modifying an existing dive plan</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the <strong>Dive -List</strong>, like any other dive log. Within the <strong>Dive List</strong> there is not a way to -change a saved dive plan. To perform changes to a dive plan, select it on -the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then, in the main menu, select <em>Log → Re-plan dive</em>. This -will open the selected dive plan within the dive planner, allowing changes -to be made and saved as usual.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>In addition there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original planned -dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If that copy is -saved with the same start time as the original, the two dives are considered -two versions of the same dive and do not influence other each during -decompression calculation (see next section).</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_planning_for_repetitive_dives">11.6. Planning for repetitive dives</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the -repetitive dive set is specified appropriately in the top left-hand <em>Start -Time</em> field. <em>Subsurface</em> calculates the gas loading figures correctly and -the effect of the first dive is evaluated on later dives.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If one has just completed a long/deep dive and is planning another dive, -then highlight, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive that has just been completed -and then activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned -dive, the planner takes into account the gas loading incurred during the -completed dive and allows planning within these limitations.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a -template dive can be created conforming to one of the configurations. If one -now wishes to plan a dive using this configuration, just highlight the -template dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and activate the planner: the planner takes -into account the configuration in the highlighted dive.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_printing_the_dive_plan">11.7. Printing the dive plan</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Print</em> button in the planner allows printing of the <em>Dive -Plan Details</em> for wet notes. Alternatively one can cut and paste the <em>Dive -Plan Details</em> for inclusion in a text file or word processing document.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile, -dive notes, etc). After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and -gas calculations are saved in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> tab. While a dive plan is -being designed, it can be printed using the <em>Print</em> button in the dive -planner. This prints the dive details and gas calculations in the <em>Dive Plan -Details</em> panel of the dive planner. However, after the plan has been saved, -it is represented in a way very similar to a dive log and the gas -calculations cannot be accessed in the same way as during the planning -process. The only way to print the dive plan is to use the <em>File→Print</em> -facility on the main menu in the same way as for dive logs or by copy and -paste to a word processor.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="S_Configure">12. Configuring a dive computer</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> enables one to configure a dive computer. Currently the -Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3) and Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, -Vyper, Vytec, Cobra, Gekko and Zoop) family of dive computers are -supported. A large number of settings of these dive computers can be read -and changed to different values. As a first step, ensure that the -appropriate hardware driver is installed for the dive computer and that the -device name of the dive computer is known. See -<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">APPENDIX A</a> for information on how to do this.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dive computer is connected to the <em>Subsurface</em> computer, select -<em>File→Configure dive computer</em> from the <em>Main Menu</em>. Provide the -appropriate device name in the text box at the top of the configuration -panel that opens and select the appropriate dive computer model from the -panel on the lefthand (see image below).</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Configure dive computer" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the appropriate buttons on the configuration panel, the following -actions can be performed:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Retrieve available details</strong>. This loads the existing configuration from the dive computer - to <em>Subsurface</em>, showing this in the configuration panel. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Save changes to device</strong>. This changes the configuration of the - dive computer to correspond to the information shown in the configuration panel. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Backup</strong>. This saves the configuration data to a file. <em>Subsurface</em> asks for - a file location and file name for the saved information. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Restore backup</strong>. This loads the information from a backup file and displays it - in the configuration panel. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Update firmware</strong>. If new firmware is available for the dive computer, this is - loaded into the dive computer. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="_description_of_the_subsurface_main_menu_items">13. Description of the Subsurface Main Menu items</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p>This section describes the functions and operation of the items in the Main -Menu of Subsurface. Several of the items below are links to sections of this -manual dealing with the appropriate operations.</p></div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_file">13.1. File</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>New Logbook</em></a> - Close the currently open dive logbook and -clear all dive information. -<em>Open logbook</em> - This opens the file manager in order to select a dive -logbook to open. -- <em>Save</em> - Save the dive logbook that is currently open. -- <em>Save as</em> - Save the current logbook under a different file name. -- <em>Close</em> - Close the dive logbook that is currently open. -<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Export</em></a> - Export the currently open dive logbook (or the -selected dives in the logbook) to one of several formats. -- <a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Print</em></a> - Print the currently open logbook. -- <a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Preferences</em></a> - Set the <em>Subsurface</em> preferences. -- <a href="#S_Configure"><em>Configure dive computer</em></a> - Edit the configuration of a dive - computer. -- <em>Quit</em> - Quit <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_import">13.2. Import</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Import from dive computer</em></a> - Import dive -information from a dive computer. -<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Import Log Files</em></a> - Import dive information from a file -in in a <em>Subsurface</em>-compatible format. -<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Import GPS data from Subsurface web service</em></a> - Load GPS -coordinates from the <em>Subsurface</em> mobile phone app. -<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Import from Divelogs.de</em></a> - Import dive -information from <em>www.Divelogs.de</em>.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_log">13.3. Log</h3> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Add Dive</em></a> - Manually add a new dive to the <strong>Dive List</strong> - panel. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Plan Dive</em></a> - This feature allows the planning of dives. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Re-plan dive</em></a> - Edit a dive plan that has been saved into the - <strong>Dive List</strong>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Copy dive components</em></a> - By selecting this option, one - can copy information from several fields of a dive log onto the clipboard. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<em>Paste dive components</em> - Paste, into the selected dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, - the information copied using the <em>Copy dive components</em> option. -<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Renumber</em></a> - Renumber the dives listed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> -panel. -<a href="#S_Group"><em>Auto Group</em></a> - Group the dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel into -dive trips. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Edit Device Names</em></a> - Edit the names of dive computers to - facilitate your logs. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filter divelist</em></a> - Select only some dives, based on specific - tags or dive criteria. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_view">13.4. View</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>All</em></a> - View the four main <em>Subsurface</em> panels -simmultaneously. -- <a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Dive List</em></a> - View only the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel. -- <a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Profile</em></a> - View only the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. -- <a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Info</em></a> - View only the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> panel. -- <a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Globe</em></a> - View only the <strong>World Map</strong> panel. -<em>Yearly Statistics</em> - Display summary statistics about dives during this and -past years. -- <em>Prev DC</em> - Switch to previous dive computer. -- <em>Next DC</em> - Switch to next dive computer. -- <em>Full Screen</em> - Toggles Full Screen mode.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_help">13.5. Help</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>About Subsurface</em> - Show a panel with the version number of <em>Subsurface</em> as -well as licensing information. -<em>Check for updates</em> - Find out whether a newer version of Subsurface is -available on the <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/"><em>Subsurface</em> web site</a>. -- <em>User Manual</em> - Open a window showing this user manual.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">14. APPENDIX A: Operating system specific information for importing dive information from a dive computer.</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_make_sure_that_the_os_has_the_required_drivers_installed">14.1. Make sure that the OS has the required drivers installed</h3> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">The operating system of the desktop computer needs the appropriate drivers -in order to communicate with the dive computer in whichever way the dive -computer prefers (e.g. bluetooth, USB, infra-red).</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -On Linux users need to have the correct kernel module loaded. Most - distributions will do this automatically, so the user does not need to load - kernel modules. However, some communication protocols require an additional - driver, especially for rarely used technology such as infra-red. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -On Windows, the OS should offer to download the correct driver once the user - connects the dive computer to the USB port and operating system sees the - equipment for the first time. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>On a Mac users sometimes have to manually hunt for the correct driver. For -example the correct driver for the Mares Puck devices or any other dive -computer using a USB-to-serial interface based on the Silicon Labs CP2101 or -similar chip can be found as <em>Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip</em> at the -<a href="http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">Silicon -Labs document and software repository</a>.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">14.2. How to Find the Device Name for USB devices and set its write permission</h3> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">When a user connects the dive computer by using a USB connector, usually -<em>Subsurface</em> will either propose a drop down list that contains the correct -device name (or mount point for the Uemis Zurich), or it will disable the -device select drop down if no device name is needed at all. In the rare -cases where this doesn’t work, here are some suggestions of ways to find out -what the device name is:</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On Windows:</div><p>Simply try COM1, COM2, etc. The drop down list should contain all connected -COM devices.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On MacOS:</div><p>The drop down box should find all connected dive computers.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On Linux:</div><p>There is a definitive way to find the port:</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Disconnect the USB cable from the dive computer -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Open a terminal -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Type the command: <em>dmesg</em> and press enter -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Plug in the USB cable of the dive computer -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Type the command: <em>dmesg</em> and press enter -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>A message similar to this one should appear:</p></div> -<div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content"> -<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd -usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial -USB Serial support registered for generic -usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic -usbserial: USB Serial Driver core -USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device -ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected -usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM -usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2 -usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64 -usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64 -usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64 -usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3 -usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio -ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre> -</div></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The third line from the bottom shows that the FTDI USB adapter is detected -and connected to <code>ttyUSB3</code>. This information can now be used in the import -settings as <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> which directs Subsurface to the correct USB port.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensuring that the user has write permission to the USB serial port:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>On Unix-like operating systems the USB ports can only be accessed by users -who are members of the <code>dialout</code> group. If one is not root, one may not be a -member of that group and will not be able to use the USB port. Let us assume -one’s username is <em>johnB</em>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>As root, type: <code>usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code> (Ubuntu users: <code>sudo usermod -a --G dialout johnB</code>) This makes johnB a member of the <code>dialout</code> group. -Type: <code>id johnB</code> This lists all the groups that johnB belongs to and -verifies that -the appropriate group membership has been created. The <code>dialout</code> group should -be listed -among the different IDs. -Under some circumstances this change takes only effect (eg. on Ubuntu) after -one logs out and then logs in again.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>With the appropriate device name (e.g. <code>dev/ttyUSB3</code>) and with write -permission to the USB port, the dive computer interface can connect and one -should be able to import dives.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">14.3. Setting up bluetooth enabled devices</h3> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">For dive computers communicating through bluetooth like the Heinrichs -Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator and Petrel there is a different -procedure to get the devices name to communicate with <em>Subsurface</em>. Follow -these steps:</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<strong>For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, ensure it is in Upload mode.</strong> -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the manufacturer’s user -guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel, select <em>Dive Log → Upload -Log</em> and wait for the <em>Wait PC</em> message.</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -<strong>Pair the <em>Subsurface</em> computer with the dive computer.</strong> -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On Windows:</div><p>Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer -choose <em>Control Panel→Bluetooth Devices→Add Wireless Device</em>. This should -bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (in Bluetooth mode) and -allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose <em>Properties→COM Ports</em> to -identify the port used for your dive computer. If there are several ports -listed, use the one saying "Outgoing" instead of "Incoming".</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading to <em>Subsurface</em>, the <em>Subsurface</em> drop-down list should -contain this COM port already. If not, enter it manually.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer -using other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On MacOS:</div><p>Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select <em>Set up Bluetooth -Device…</em>. The dive computer should then show up in the list of -devices. Select it and go through the pairing process. This step should only -be needed once for initial setup.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the pairing is completed the correct device is shown in the <em>Device or -Mount Point</em> drop-down in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Import</strong> dialog.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On Linux</div><p>Ensure Bluetooth is enabled on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer. On most common -distributions this should be true out of the box and pairing should be -straight forward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a Bluetooth icon in the upper -right corner of the desktop where one selects <em>Set up New Device</em>. This -should show a dialog where one can select the dive computer (which already -should be in Bluetooth mode) and pair it. If a PIN is required, try -manually setting <em>0000</em>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>In the rare cases where the above is not true, then depending on your -system, try <code>initd</code> or <code>systemd</code>. This might be different and also involve -loading modules specific to your hardware. In case your system is running -<code>systemd</code>, manually run <code>systemctl start bluetooth.service</code> to enable it, in -case of <code>initd</code>, run something like <code>rc.config start bluetoothd</code> or -<code>/etc/init.d/bluetooth start</code>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>One may also use a manual approach by using such commands:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><code>hciconfig</code> shows the Bluetooth devices available on your computer (not dive -computer), most likely one will see a hci0, if not try <code>hcitool -a</code> to see -inactive devices and run <code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up</code> to bring them up.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><code>hcitool scanning</code> gets a list of bluetooth enabled client devices, look for -the dive computer and remember the MAC address are shown there</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><code>bluez-simple-agent hci0 10:00:E8:C4:BE:C4</code> pairs the dive computer with the -bluetooth stack of the <em>Subsurface</em> computer, copy/paste the MAC address -from the output of <em>hcitool scanning</em></p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Unfortunately on Linux binding to a communication device has to be done -manually by running:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><code>rfcomm bind /dev/rfcomm0 10:00:E8:C4:BE:C4</code> binds the dive computer to a -communication device in the desktop computer, in case rfcomm is already -taken use rfcomm1 or up. IMPORTANT: Copy/paste the MAC address from the -output of <code>hcitool scanning</code>, the MAC address shown above will not work.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading dives in <em>Subsurface</em> specify the device name connected to -the MAC address in the last step above, e.g. <em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">15. APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive information.</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">15.1. Import from a Uemis Zurich</h3> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> downloads the information stored on the SDA (the built-in file -system of the Uemis) including information about dive spots and -equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable. Things are very -similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer (the Uemis is one of those -that recharge when connected to the USB port). The main difference is that -one does not enter a device name, but instead the location where the -UEMISSDA file system is mounted once connected to the dive computer. On -Windows this is a drive letter ( often <em>E:</em> or <em>F:</em>), on a Mac this is -<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> and on Linux systems this differs depending on the -distribution. On Fedora it usually is -<em>/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA</em>. In all cases <em>Subsurface</em> should -suggest the correct location in the drop down list.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting the above device name, download the dives from the Uemis -Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich download implementation -(this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a <em>Subsurface</em> issue) is that one -cannot download more than about 40-50 dives without running out of memory on -the SDA. This will usually only happen the very first time one downloads -dives from the Uemis Zurich. Normally when downloading at the end of a day -or even after a dive trip, the capacity is sufficient. If <em>Subsurface</em> -displays an error that the dive computer ran out of space the solution is -straight forward. Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and -reconnect it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the -download will continue where it stopped previously. One may have to do this -more than once, depending on how many dives are stored on the dive computer.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">15.2. Importing dives from the Uwatec Galileo</h3> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication between -the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses a USB dongle -based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the MSC7780 IrDA controller -manufactured by MosChip and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics -companies. Under Linux, the kernel already provides for communication using -the IrDA protocol. However, the user additionally needs to load a driver for -the IrDA interface with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the -<strong>irda-tools</strong> package from the -<a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>. After -the installation of the irda-tools, the <strong>root user</strong> can specify a device -name from the console as follows: <code>irattach irda0</code></td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>After executing this command, Subsurface will recognise the Galileo dive -computer and download dive information.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are -available from some Internet web sites e.g. -<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not available -for OSX 10.6 or higher.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">15.3. Importing dives from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF -file for every dive. Mark all the dives you’d like to import or open. -Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, -so for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient -factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay -in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco -calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on -the DR5.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_import_from_shearwater_predator_using_bluetooth">15.4. Import from Shearwater Predator using Bluetooth</h3> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Using a Shearwater Predator one may be able to pair Bluetooth but then -encounter issues when downloading, showing errors like <em>Slip RX: unexp. SLIP -END</em> on the Predator. This might also arise when using other dive log -software and operating systems other than Linux. We have no detailed idea -about the source and how to fix this, but it is reported to be solved -sometimes by one of these steps:</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -use the Bluetooth dongle which came with the Shearwater Predator instead of - the built-in one of the <em>Subsurface</em> computer -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -switch to different Bluetooth drivers for the same hardware -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -switch off WiFi while using Bluetooth -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">15.5. Importing dive logs from the Poseidon MkVI Discovery</h3> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom -communications adapter and the <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>, -obtained when purchasing the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows -application allowing configuration of equipment and storage of dive -logs. Communication between dive computer and desktop computer utilises the -IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive can be downloaded at a time, -comprising three files:</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt -extension) -- Dive log details (file with a .csv extension) -Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed -version of the dive log using a proprietary format.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> accesses the .txt and the .csv files to obtain dive log -information.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_importing_dive_logs_from_the_apd_inspiration_ccr">15.6. Importing dive logs from the APD Inspiration CCR</h3> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are -downloaded using a communications adapter and <em>AP Communicator</em>, obtained -when purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the <em>AP Log -Viewer</em>, within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and -managed from within <em>Subsurface</em> (together with dives using many other types -of dive computer). The APD inspiration dive logs are imported into -<em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Open a dive within the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "<em>Data</em>". -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -If the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "<em>Copy to Clipboard</em>". -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows), TextWrangler (Mac). -Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text -file with a filename extension of .CSV -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Within <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import→Import log files</em> to open the - <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue, select "<em>CSV - files</em>". -On the list of file names select the .CSV file that has been created -above. An import dialogue opens. -In the dropdown list on the middle right labeled '<em>Pre-configured imports</em>", -select <em>APD Log Viewer</em>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Ensure the other settings for the ADP dive log are appropriate, then select - <em>OK</em>. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The APD dive log will appear within <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="_appendix_c_exporting_dive_log_information_from_external_dive_log_software">16. APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly -performed using the dialogue found by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, -then clicking on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This is a single-step process, more -information about which can be found <a href="#Unified_import">here.</a> However, in -some cases, a two-step process may be required:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from -<em>Subsurface</em>. -2. Import the accessible dive log data into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log -data from foreign dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to -Linux and/or Windows.</p></div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">16.1. Exporting dives from <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)</strong></h3> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers. -Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent -Suunto dive computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The -different versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file -naming conventions to export dive log data.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div> -<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> -<li> -<p> -Start <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> and log in with the name containing the logs -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer. -In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the -appropriate dives. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later: -</p> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -To select certain dives: hold <em>ctrl</em> and click the dive -To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and select the -last dive -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</li> -<li> -<p> -With the dives marked, use the program menu <em>File → Export</em> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called - <em>Export Path</em>. -</p> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -Click the browse button next to the field Export Path -</p> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -A file-manager like window pops up -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Navigate to the directory for storing the -Divelog.SDE file -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Optionally change the name of the file for saving -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Click <em>Save</em> -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Back in the Export pop-up, press the button <em>Export</em> -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE. -</p> -</li> -</ol></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs. To export a -divelog from Divemanager one needs to locate the DM4/DM5 database where the -dives are stored. the user can either look for the original database or make -a backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:</p></div> -<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> -<li> -<p> -Start Suunto DM4/DM5 -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Select <em>Help → About</em> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Click <em>Copy</em> after text <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Now open Windows Explorer -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db -</p> -</li> -</ol></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:</p></div> -<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> -<li> -<p> -Start Suunto DM4/DM5 -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Select <em>File - Create backup</em> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we’ll use - DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Click <em>Save</em> -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak) -</p> -</li> -</ol></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_exporting_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">16.2. Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3> -<div class="admonitionblock" id="Mares_Export"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Mares Dive Organiser is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a -Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a <em>.sdf</em> filename extension. The -database includes all Dive Organiser-registered divers on the particular -computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to obtain a copy -of the dive database is to export the information to another compatible -format which can be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Within Dive Organiser, select <em>Database → Backup</em> from the main menu and -back up the database to the desk top. This creates a zipped file -DiveOrganiserxxxxx.dbf. -Rename the file to DiveOrganiserxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a -file <em>DiveOrganiser.sdf</em>. -3. Extract the <em>.sdf</em> file from the zipped folder to your Desktop. -4. The password for accessing the .zip file is <em>mares</em>.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_ImportingDivingLog">16.3. Exporting dives from <strong>DivingLog 5.0</strong></h3> -<div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr> -<td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" /> -</td> -<td class="content">Unfortunately DivingLog XML files give us no indication on the preferences -set on one’s system. So in order for <em>Subsurface</em> to be able to successfully -import XML files from DivingLog one first needs to ensure that DivingLog is -configured to use the Metric system (one can easily change this within -Diving Log by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Units and Language</em> by -clicking the <em>Metric</em> button). Then do the following:</td> -</tr></table> -</div> -<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> -<li> -<p> -In DivingLog open the <em>File → Export → XML</em> menu -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Select the dives to export -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Click on the export button and select the filename -</p> -</li> -</ol></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="S_Appendix_D">17. APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers keep a diving log in some form of a digital file, commonly a -spreadsheet with various fields of information. These logs can be easily -imported into <em>Subsurface</em> (<a href="#S_ImportingManualCSV">Importing dives -from_manually kept CSV file</a>), after the spreadsheet is converted in a .CSV -file. This section explains the procedure to convert a diving logbook -stored in a spreadsheet to a .CSV file that will later be imported from -<em>Subsurface</em>. Creating a .CSV is a straightforward task, although the -procedure is somewhat different according to which spreadsheet program is -used.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The first step is to organize the diving data in the spreadsheet, so that -the first row contains the names (or titles) of each column and the -information for each dive is stored in a single row. <em>Subsurface</em> supports -many data items (Dive #, Date, Time, Duration, Location, GPS, Max Depth, -Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight and Tags). The user can organize dive data -following a few simple rules:</p></div> -<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> -<li> -<p> -Date: use one of the following formats: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Duration: the format should be minutes:seconds. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Unit system: only one unit system shold be used (i.e., no mixture between - imperial and metric units) -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Tags and buddies: values should be separated using a comma. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -GPS position: users must use decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 30.821798 -</p> -</li> -</ol></div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_em_libreoffice_calc_em_and_em_openoffice_calc_em">17.1. <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> and <em>OpenOffice Calc</em></h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open -source office suite applications. The user interaction with <em>LibreOffice</em> -and <em>OpenOffice</em> is very similar. In Libreoffice Calc the time format -should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one -of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like -this:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Spreadsheet data" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click <em>File → -Save As</em>. On the dialogue that comes up, select the <em>Text CSV (.csv)</em> as the -file type and select the option <em>Edit filter settings</em>.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Save as options" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting <em>Save</em>, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose <em>Tab</em> -to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point), -then select <em>OK</em>.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Field options" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and -then import the dive data as explained on the section -<a href="#S_ImportingManualCSV">Importing dives from manually kept CSV files</a>.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">17.2. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p>The field delimiter (called "<em>list separator</em>" in Microsoft manuals) is not -accessible from within <em>Excel</em> and needs to be set through the <em>Microsoft -Control Panel</em>. After changing the separator character, all software on the -Windows machine use the new character as a separator. One can change the -character back to the default character by following the same procedure, -outlined below.</p></div> -<div class="ulist"><ul> -<li> -<p> -In Microsoft Windows, click the <strong>Start</strong> button, and then select <em>Control - Panel</em> from the list on the right-hand side. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Open the <em>Regional and Language Options</em> dialog box. -Do one of the following: <strong> In Windows 7, click the <em>Formats</em> tab, and then -click <em>Customize this format</em>. </strong> In Windows XP, click the <em>Regional -Options</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize</em>. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Type a new separator in the <em>List separator</em> box. To use a TAB-delimited - file, type the word TAB in the box. -</p> -</li> -<li> -<p> -Click <em>OK</em> twice. -</p> -</li> -</ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of the <em>Control Panel</em>:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Win List separator" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the dive log in CSV format:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>With the dive log opened in <em>Excel</em>, select the round Windows button at the -top left, then <em>Save As</em>.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save as option" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the left-hand part of the <em>Save as</em> option, NOT on the arrow on the -right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the spreadsheet in an -alternative format. From the dropdown list at the bottom of the dialogue, -marked <em>Save as Type:</em>, select <em>CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)</em>. Ensure that -the appropriate folder has been selected to save the CSV file into.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content"> -<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue" /> -</div> -</div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Save</em> button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the folder -that was selected. One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a -text editor, and then import the dive data as explained on the section -<a href="#S_ImportingManualCSV">Importing dives from manually kept CSV files</a>.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="_appendix_e_faqs">18. APPENDIX E: FAQs.</h2> -<div class="sectionbody"> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_subsurface_appears_to_miscalculate_gas_consumption_and_sac">18.1. Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC</h3> -<div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Question</em>: I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending -with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what <em>Subsurface</em> -calculates. Is <em>Subsurface</em> miscalculating?</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Not really. What happens is that <em>Subsurface</em> actually calculates -gas consumption differently - and better - than you expect. In particular, -it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account. Traditionally, Gas -consumption and SAC should be: <code>consumption = tank size x (start pressure - -end pressure)</code></p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>and that’s true for an ideal gas, and it’s what you get taught in dive -theory. But an "ideal gas" doesn’t actually exist, and real gases actually -don’t compress linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that -one atmosphere of pressure isn’t actually one bar. So the <strong>real</strong> -calculation is:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)</code></p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>where the amount of air is <strong>not</strong> just "tank size times pressure in bar". -It’s a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a -fairly small issue under 220 bar - you’ll see more differences when you do -high-pressure tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the -majority of your discrepancy). Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without -the compressibility, your gas use is:</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple -calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM. The -compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down about -eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface -pressure.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated. Or -be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did. And as -mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really starts -becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not -contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts -pretty much like an ideal gas.</p></div> -</div> -<div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_have_time_discrepancies_with_the_recorded_samples_from_my_dive_computer_8230">18.2. Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer…</h3> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth, -divetime, SAC, etc). <em>Question</em>: Why do dive durations in my dive computer -differ from that given by <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to -trigger the "dive started") but then come back up and wait five minutes for -your buddies, your dive computer may say that your dive is 50 minutes long - -because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but subsurface will say -it’s 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes. It’s -even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW -dives, when you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it -at the surface. And then you don’t want that to count as some kind of long -dive”.</p></div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -</div> -<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div> -<div id="footer"> -<div id="footer-text"> -Last updated 2015-01-14 16:18:29 CET -</div> -</div> -</body> -</html> +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" />
+<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.8" />
+<title></title>
+<style type="text/css">
+/*
+ * compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface,
+ * modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from:
+ * compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name>
+ * Licence: Public Domain
+ *
+ * Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ...
+ */
+
+* { padding: 0; margin: 0; }
+img { border: 0; }
+
+/*** Layout ***/
+
+body { margin: 10px 20px; }
+#header br { display: none; }
+#revnumber { display: block; }
+#toc { margin: 1em 0; }
+.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; }
+.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; }
+#footer { margin-top: 2em; }
+
+#preamble .sectionbody,
+h2,
+h3,
+h4,
+h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
+
+.admonitionblock,
+.listingblock,
+.sidebarblock,
+.exampleblock,
+.tableblock,
+.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; }
+.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; }
+.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; }
+.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; }
+.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; }
+.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; }
+.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; }
+.tableblock thead th,
+.tableblock tbody td,
+.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; }
+.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; }
+
+.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
+.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child,
+.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child,
+.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; }
+
+ .ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; }
+li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist,
+dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; }
+ul { margin-left: 1.5em; }
+ol { margin-left: 2em; }
+dd { margin-left: 3em; }
+td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; }
+
+/*** Fonts ***/
+
+body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; }
+#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
+#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
+#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; }
+#email { font-size: 0.85em; }
+#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; }
+#toc { font-size: 0.9em; }
+#toctitle { font-weight: bold; }
+#footer { font-size: 0.8em; }
+
+h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
+h2 { font-size: 1.5em; }
+.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; }
+.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; }
+h3 { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */
+h4 { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */
+h5 { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */
+.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */
+ font-weight: bold;
+ }
+
+tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */
+dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif;
+ font-size: 118%; /* 1em */
+ font-style: italic;
+ }
+.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; }
+
+/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/
+
+h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
+#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; }
+
+h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
+h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
+h3 { display: inline-block; }
+h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; }
+
+.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
+.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
+.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
+.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
+.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
+.tableblock table {
+ border-collapse: collapse;
+ border-width: 3px;
+ border-color: #527bbd;
+}
+.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; }
+.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; }
+.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; }
+.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; }
+.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *,
+.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * {
+ border-top: 1px solid #527bbd;
+}
+.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *,
+.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * {
+ border-left: 1px solid #527bbd;
+}
+.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * {
+ border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */
+}
+.tableblock table tr *:first-child {
+ border-left: none;
+}
+.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *,
+.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * {
+ border-top: 1px solid white;
+ border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd;
+}
+.tableblock table tr td p.table,
+.tableblock table tr td p.table * {
+ border: 0px;
+}
+
+tt, .monospaced { color: navy; }
+
+li { color: #a0a0a0; }
+li > * { color: black; }
+
+span.aqua { color: aqua; }
+span.black { color: black; }
+span.blue { color: blue; }
+span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; }
+span.gray { color: gray; }
+span.green { color: green; }
+span.lime { color: lime; }
+span.maroon { color: maroon; }
+span.navy { color: navy; }
+span.olive { color: olive; }
+span.purple { color: purple; }
+span.red { color: red; }
+span.silver { color: silver; }
+span.teal { color: teal; }
+span.white { color: white; }
+span.yellow { color: yellow; }
+
+span.aqua-background { background: aqua; }
+span.black-background { background: black; }
+span.blue-background { background: blue; }
+span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; }
+span.gray-background { background: gray; }
+span.green-background { background: green; }
+span.lime-background { background: lime; }
+span.maroon-background { background: maroon; }
+span.navy-background { background: navy; }
+span.olive-background { background: olive; }
+span.purple-background { background: purple; }
+span.red-background { background: red; }
+span.silver-background { background: silver; }
+span.teal-background { background: teal; }
+span.white-background { background: white; }
+span.yellow-background { background: yellow; }
+
+span.big { font-size: 2em; }
+span.small { font-size: 0.6em; }
+
+span.underline { text-decoration: underline; }
+span.overline { text-decoration: overline; }
+span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; }
+
+/*** Misc ***/
+
+.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; }
+.attribution { text-align: right; }
+
+ul { list-style-type: disc; }
+ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; }
+ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; }
+ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; }
+ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; }
+ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; }
+.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; }
+
+
+</style>
+<script type="text/javascript">
+/*<+'])');
+ // Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2
+ // nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all
+ // browsers).
+ var iterate = function (el) {
+ for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) {
+ if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) {
+ var mo = re.exec(i.tagName);
+ if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") {
+ result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1);
+ }
+ iterate(i);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ iterate(el);
+ return result;
+ }
+
+ var toc = document.getElementById("toc");
+ if (!toc) {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC.
+ var tocEntriesToRemove = [];
+ var i;
+ for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) {
+ var entry = toc.childNodes[i];
+ if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div'
+ && entry.getAttribute("class")
+ && entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/))
+ tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry);
+ }
+ for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) {
+ toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]);
+ }
+
+ // Rebuild TOC entries.
+ var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels);
+ for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) {
+ var entry = entries[i];
+ if (entry.element.id == "")
+ entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i;
+ var a = document.createElement("a");
+ a.href = "#" + entry.element.id;
+ a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text));
+ var div = document.createElement("div");
+ div.appendChild(a);
+ div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel;
+ toc.appendChild(div);
+ }
+ if (entries.length == 0)
+ toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc);
+},
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Footnotes generator
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/* Based on footnote generation code from:
+ * http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html
+ */
+
+footnotes: function () {
+ // Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes.
+ var i;
+ var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes");
+ if (!noteholder) {
+ return;
+ }
+ var entriesToRemove = [];
+ for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) {
+ var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i];
+ if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote")
+ entriesToRemove.push(entry);
+ }
+ for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) {
+ noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]);
+ }
+
+ // Rebuild footnote entries.
+ var cont = document.getElementById("content");
+ var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span");
+ var refs = {};
+ var n = 0;
+ for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
+ if (spans[i].className == "footnote") {
+ n++;
+ var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note");
+ if (!note) {
+ // Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work.
+ // Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag.
+ note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1];
+ spans[i].innerHTML =
+ "[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n +
+ "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
+ spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note);
+ }
+ noteholder.innerHTML +=
+ "<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" +
+ "<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" +
+ n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>";
+ var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id");
+ if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n;
+ }
+ }
+ if (n == 0)
+ noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder);
+ else {
+ // Process footnoterefs.
+ for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
+ if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") {
+ var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href");
+ href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL.
+ n = refs[href];
+ spans[i].innerHTML =
+ "[<a href='#_footnote_" + n +
+ "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
+ }
+ }
+ }
+},
+
+install: function(toclevels) {
+ var timerId;
+
+ function reinstall() {
+ asciidoc.footnotes();
+ if (toclevels) {
+ asciidoc.toc(toclevels);
+ }
+ }
+
+ function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() {
+ clearInterval(timerId);
+ reinstall();
+ }
+
+ timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500);
+ if (document.addEventListener)
+ document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false);
+ else
+ window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer;
+}
+
+}
+asciidoc.install(3);
+/*]]>*/
+</script>
+</head>
+<body class="article">
+<div id="header">
+</div>
+<div id="content">
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">MANUEL UTILISATEUR</span></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Auteurs du manuel</strong> : Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg,
+Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 4.4, Février 2015</em></span></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Bienvenue en tant qu’utilisateur de <em>Subsurface</em>, un programme avancé
+d’enregistrement de plongées (carnet de plongées) avec une bonne
+infrastructure pour décrire, organiser, interpréter et imprimer des plongées
+en scaphandre et en apnée. <em>Subsurface</em> offre de nombreux avantages par
+rapport à d’autres solutions logicielles similaires :</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Avez-vous besoin d’une façon d’enregistrer vos plongées utilisant des
+ équipements loisirs, même sans utiliser d’ordinateur de plongée ?
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Utilisez-vous deux marques différentes d’ordinateurs de plongée, chacun avec
+ son propre logiciel propriétaire pour télécharger les enregistrements des
+ plongées ? Plongez-vous avec un recycleur ou un équipement en circuit ouvert
+ ou de loisir ? Utilisez-vous un enregistreur de profondeur et de durée
+ Reefnet Sensus avec un ordinateur de plongée ? <em>Subsurface</em> offre une
+ interface standard pour télécharger les enregistrements des plongées à
+ partir de tous ces équipements de plongée et pour enregistrer et analyser
+ ces enregistrements dans un système unique.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Utilisez-vous plus d’un système d’exploitation ? <em>Subsurface</em> est
+ intégralement compatible avec Mac, Linux et Windows, ce qui vous permet
+ d’accéder à vos enregistrements de plongées sur chaque système
+ d’exploitation en utilisant une application unique.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Utilisez-vous Linux ou Mac et votre ordinateur de plongée n’a que des
+ logiciels pour Windows pour télécharger les informations de plongées (par
+ exemple Mares) ? <em>Subsurface</em> fournit un moyen de télécharger et d’analyser
+ vos enregistrements de plongées sur d’autres systèmes d’exploitation.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Avez-vous besoin d’un planificateur de plongée graphique intuitif qui
+ intègre et prend en compte les plongées qui ont déjà été enregistrées ?
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> est disponible pour Windows (Win XP ou plus récent), les Macs
+basés sur processeurs Intel (OS/X) et de nombreuses distributions
+Linux. <em>Subsurface</em> peut être compilé pour bien plus de plateformes
+matérielles et d’environnements logiciels où Qt et libdivecomputer sont
+disponibles.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Le but de ce document est l’utilisation du programme Subsurface. Pour
+installer le logiciel, consultez la page <em>Téléchargement</em> sur le
+<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de <em>Subsurface</em></a>. En cas de
+problème, vous pouvez envoyer un e-mail sur
+<a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">notre liste de diffusion</a> et
+rapportez les bogues sur <a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">notre bugtracker</a>. Pour
+des instructions de compilation du logiciel et (si besoin) de ses
+dépendances, merci de consulter le fichier INSTALL inclus dans les sources
+logicielles.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Public</strong> : Plongeurs loisirs, apnéistes, plongeurs Tek et plongeurs
+professionnels</p></div>
+<div id="toc">
+ <div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div>
+ <noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">1. Utilisation de ce manuel</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Lorsqu’il est ouvert depuis <em>Subsurface</em>, ce manuel n’a pas de contrôles
+externes. Cependant, une fonction de <em>RECHERCHE</em> est importante. Elle est
+activée par la combinaison de touches du clavier Ctrl-F ou commande-F. Un
+champ de recherche apparait en bas de la fenêtre. Il suffit de l’utiliser
+pour rechercher n’importe quel terme dans le manuel.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_le_sondage_utilisateur">2. Le sondage utilisateur</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dans le but de développer <em>Subsurface</em> d’une manière qui serve ses
+utilisateurs de la meilleur manière qu’il soit, il est important d’avoir des
+informations sur les utilisateurs. À l’ouverture de <em>Subsurface</em> après avoir
+utilisé le logiciel pendant une semaine environ, une fenêtre de sondage
+apparait. Cela est complètement optionnel et l’utilisateur contrôle quelles
+informations sont envoyées ou non à l'équipe de développement de
+<em>Subsurface</em>. Toutes les données que l’utilisateur choisit d’envoyer sont
+extrêmement utiles et ne seront utilisées que pour les futures
+développements et modifications du logiciel pour coller au mieux aux besoins
+des utilisateurs de <em>Subsurface</em>. Si vous complétez le sondage ou cliquez
+sur l’option pour ne plus être sondé, cela devrait être la dernière
+communication de ce type que vous recevrez. Cependant, si vos habitudes de
+plongées ou d’utilisation de Subsurface changent, vous pouvez envoyer un
+nouveau sondage en démarrant <em>Subsurface</em> avec l’option <em>--survey</em> sur la
+ligne de commande.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Commencer à utiliser le programme</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>La fenêtre <em>Subsurface</em> est généralement divisée en 4 panneaux avec un <strong>Menu
+principal</strong> (Fichier Importer Journal Vue Aide) en haut de la fenêtre (pour
+Windows et Linux) ou en haut de l'écran (pour Mac et Ubuntu Unity). Les
+quatre panneaux sont :</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> en bas à gauche, contenant une liste de toutes les
+plongées du journal (carnet) de plongées de l’utilisateur. Une plongée peut
+être sélectionnée et mise en surbrillance dans la liste en cliquant
+dessus. Dans la plupart des cas, les touches haut/bas peuvent être utilisée
+pour passer d’une plongée à l’autre. La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> est un outil
+important pour manipuler un journal (carnet) de plongée.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>carte de plongée</strong> en bas à droite, affiche les sites de plongées de
+l’utilisateur, sur une carte mondiale et centrée sur le site de la dernière
+plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Les <strong>informations de plongée</strong> en haut à gauche, fournissent des informations
+détaillées sur la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, dont
+des statistiques pour la plongée sélectionnée ou pour toutes les plongées
+mises en surbrillance.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Le <strong>profil de plongée</strong> en haut à droite, affiche un profil de plongée
+graphique de la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Les séparateurs entre ces panneaux peuvent être déplacés pour modifier la
+taille de chaque panneau. <em>Subsurface</em> mémorise la position de ces
+séparateurs, pour qu’au prochain lancement <em>Subsurface</em> utilise ces
+positions.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Si une plongée est sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, l’emplacement
+de la plongée, les informations détaillées et le profil de la <em>plongée
+sélectionnée</em> sont affichées dans les panneaux respectifs. D’autre part, si
+plus d’une plongée est mise en surbrillance seule la dernière mise en
+surbrillance est la <em>plongée sélectionnée</em>, mais les données de <em>toutes les
+plongées mises en surbrillances</em> sont affichées dans l’onglet <strong>Stats</strong> du
+panneau <strong>informations de plongée</strong> (profondeur maximale, minimale et moyenne,
+les durées, les températures de l’eau et le SAC (air consommé); temps total
+et nombre de plongées sélectionnées).</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/main_window_f20.jpg" alt="The Main Window" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>L’utilisateur peut déterminer si lesquels des quatre panneaux sont affichés
+en sélectionnant l’option <strong>Vue</strong> dans le menu principal. Cette fonctionnalité
+permet plusieurs choix d’affichage :</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tout</strong> : affiche les quatre panneaux tels que sur la capture d'écran ci-dessus.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Liste des plongées</strong> : affiche uniquement la liste des plongées.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Profil</strong> : affiche uniquement le profile de plongée de la plongée sélectionnée.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Info</strong> : affiche uniquement les notes de plongées de la dernière plongée sélectionnée et les statistiques pour
+toutes les plongées mises en surbrillance.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Globe</strong> : affiche uniquement la carte mondiale, centrée sur la dernière plongée sélectionnée.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Comme la plupart des autre fonctions qui peuvent être accédée via le menu
+principal, ces options peuvent être utilisées par des raccourcis
+clavier. Les raccourcis pour un système particulier sont affichés avec un
+souligné des les entrées de menu. À cause des différents systèmes
+d’exploitation et des divers langues, <em>Subsurface</em> peut utiliser différentes
+touches de raccourcis et ne sont donc pas détaillées ici.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Lorsque le programme est lancé pour la première fois, il n’affiche aucune
+information. Ceci parce que le programme n’a aucune information de plongée
+disponible. Dans les sections suivantes, le procédure pour créer a nouveau
+carnet de plongée sera détaillée.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">4. Créer un nouveau carnet de plongée</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Sélectionner <em>Fichier → Nouveau carnet de plongée</em> à partir du menu
+principal. Toutes les données de plongées sont effacées pour que de
+nouvelles puissent être ajoutées. S’il existe des données non encore
+enregistrées dans le carnet ouvert, l’utilisateur devra sélectionner s’il
+faut les enregistrer ou non avant de créer le nouveau carnet.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_GetInformation">5. Storing dive information in the logbook</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Now that a new logbook was created, it is simple to add dive data to it.
+<em>Subsurface</em> allows several ways of adding dive data to a logbook, detailed
+in the following sections.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>1) If the user has a handwritten divelog, a spreadsheet or another form of
+ manually maintained divelog, dive data can be added to the logbook using one
+ of these approaches:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Enter dive information by hand. This is useful if the diver did not
+ use a dive computer and dives were recorded in a written logbook. See:
+ <a href="#S_EnterData">Entering dive information by hand</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Import dive log information that has been maintained either as a spreadsheet
+ or as a CSV file. Refer to: <a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a
+ spreadsheet to CSV format</a> and to <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives
+ in CSV format</a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>2) If one has dives recorded using a dive computer, the depth profile of the
+ dive and a large amount of additional information can be accessed. These
+ dives can be imported from:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+The divecomputer itself. See: <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importing new dive
+ information from a Dive Computer</a> or
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Proprietary software distributed by manufacturers of dive computers. Refer
+ to: <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive information from other
+ digital data sources or other data formats</a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Import from spreadsheet or CSV files containing dive profiles.
+ See: <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives in CSV format from dive
+ computers or other dive log software</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Entering dive information by hand</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic
+record of information within <em>Subsurface</em> is a dive. The most important
+information in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time,
+duration, depth, the names of your dive buddy and of the dive master or dive
+guide, and some remarks about the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> can store much more
+information than this for each dive. In order to add a dive to a dive log,
+select <em>Log → Add Dive</em> from the Main Menu. The program then shows three
+panels to enter information for a dive: two tabs in the <strong>Dive Info</strong> panel
+(<strong>Dive Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong>), as well as the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel that
+displays a graphical profile of each dive. These panels are respectively
+marked <span class="red">A</span>, <span class="red">B</span> and <span class="red">C</span> in the figure below. Each of these
+tabs will now be explained for data entry.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/AddDive1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Add dive" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>When one edits a field in Dive notes or Equipment panels, <em>Subsurface</em>
+enters <strong>Editing Mode</strong>, indicated by the message in the blue box at the top
+of the <em>Dive Notes</em> panel (see the image below). This message is displayed
+in all the panels under Dive notes and Equipment when in <strong>Editing Mode</strong>.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f20.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Save</em> button should only be selected after all the parts of a dive have
+been entered. When entering dives by hand, the <em>Info</em>, <em>Equipment</em> and
+<em>Profile</em> tabs should be completed before saving the information. By
+selecting the <em>Save</em> button, a local copy of the information for this
+specific dive is saved in memory. When one closes Subsurface, the program
+will ask again, this time whether the complete dive log should be saved on
+disk or not.</p></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_notes_de_plongée">5.1.1. Notes de plongée</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel contains the date, time and place information for a particular
+dive, environmental conditions, co-divers and buddies, as well as some
+descriptive information. If one clicks on the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> tab, the
+following fields are visible:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/AddDive2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Dive Notes tab" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and the time of the dive. By clicking the
+date, a calendar is displayed from which one can choose the correct
+date. Press ESC to escape from the calendar. The time values (hour and
+minutes) can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text
+box and by overtyping the information displayed. The default date is the
+present date and the default time is an hour in advance of the present time.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air and water temperatures</strong>: the air and water temperatures during the
+dive can be typed directly on the fields to the right of the Start time.
+Temperature units are not needed, as they will be automatically supplied by
+<em>Subsurface</em>. Only the numerical value must be
+typed by the user (the units selected in the <em>Preferences</em>
+will determine whether metric or imperial units are used).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Location</strong>: Here the name of the dive site can be entered, e.g. "Tihany, Lake
+Balaton,
+Hungary". Auto completion of location names will make this easier if one
+frequently dives at the same sites.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Coordinates</strong>: The geographic coordinates of the dive site should be entered
+here. These can come from three sources:</p></div>
+<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
+<li>
+<p>
+One can find the coordinates on the world map in the bottom right hand part
+ of the Subsurface window. The map displays a green bar indicating "No
+ location data - Move the map and double-click to set the dive
+ location". Upon a double-click at the appropriate place, the green bar
+ disappears and the coordinates are stored.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The coordinates can be obtained from the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app if the
+ user has an Android or iPhone device with GPS and if the coordinates of the
+ dive site were stored using that device. <a href="#S_Companion">Click here for
+ more information</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The coordinates can be entered by hand if they are known, using one of four
+ formats with latitude followed by longitude:
+</p>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E Degrees and decimal
+minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' Degrees minutes seconds,
+e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 ,
+30.821798</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a
+negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with
+a <strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Please note that GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the Location
+name - so adding coordinates to dives that do not have a location
+description will cause unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all
+of these dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates
+the same).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive mode</strong>: This is a dropdown box allowing one to choose the type of dive
+performed. The options are OC (Open Circuit, the default setting, meant for most recreational dives),
+Freedive (dive without SCUBA equipment), CCR (Closed-circuit
+rebreather) and pSCR (Passive semi-closed rebreather).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the dive master or dive guide for this dive can be
+entered here.
+Again, this field offers auto completion based on the list of dive masters in
+the current logbook.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field one can enter the name(s) of the buddy / buddies
+(separated by commas) who accompanied the user on the dive. Auto completion
+is offered based on the list of buddies in the current logbook.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: The type of diving suit used for the dive can be entered here.
+As with the other items, auto completion of the suit description is available.
+Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of
+suit and thermal protection undersuit was used.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: One can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a
+5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: Similarly, one can provide a rating of visibility during the
+dive on a
+5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive performed may
+be entered here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift,
+training, cave etc. <em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. Auto completion is once again offered.
+For instance, if <code>cav</code> was typed, then the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are
+shown for the user to choose from.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information can be typed here.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Save</strong> and <strong>Cancel</strong> buttons are used to save all the information for
+tabs in the info panel and in the dive profile panel, so there’s no need to
+use them until ALL other information has been added. Here is an example of a
+completed Dive Notes panel:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/CompletedDiveInfo_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed Dive Notes tab" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_equipment">5.1.2. Equipment</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab allows the user to enter information about the type of
+cylinder and gas used, as well as the weights used for a dive. This is a
+highly interactive part of <em>Subsurface</em> and the information on cylinders and
+gases (entered here) affects the behaviour of the dive profile (top
+right-hand panel).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph" id="S_CylinderData"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks
+like this:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Gas_dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Initial cylinder dialogue" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The + button at the top right allows the user to add more cylinders for this
+dive. The dark dustbin icon on the left allows one to delete information
+for a particular cylinder. Note that it is not possible to delete a cylinder
+if it is used during the dive. One cylinder is implicitly used in the dive,
+even without a gas change event. Thus the first cylinder cannot be deleted
+until another cylinder is created.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of the table. To
+select a cylinder, click in the <strong>Type</strong> box. This brings up a button that
+can be used to display a dropdown list of cylinders:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Gas_dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The cylinder drop-down list button" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can be used to select the cylinder type used for the dive
+or the user may start typing in the box which shows the available options
+for the entered characters. The <strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as well as its
+working pressure (<strong>WorkPress</strong>) will automatically be shown in the
+dialogue. If a cylinder is not shown in the dropdown list, type the name and
+description of that cylinder into the <strong>Type</strong> field.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the gas used
+during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial) corresponds to the
+setting in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, type in the gas mixture used in the <strong>O2%</strong> field. If air was used, a
+value of 21% can be entered on this field, or it might be left blank. If
+nitrox or trimix were used, their percentages of oxygen and/or helium must
+be specified. Any inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing
+the information for the cylinder, press <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or click
+outside the cell that contains the cursor. Information for any additional
+cylinders can be added by using the + button at the top right
+hand. Following is an example of a complete description for a dive made
+using two cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used during a dive can be entered
+using a dialogue very similar to that for the cylinder information. If the user
+clicks the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks
+like this:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Weights dialogue" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If one then clicks on the <strong>Type</strong> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible
+through a down-arrow:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Weights type drop-down list button" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the type of weight system or
+the user may start typing in the box which shows the available options for
+the entered characters. In the <strong>Weight</strong> field, the weight used during the
+dive must be typed. After typing the information for the weight system the
+user must either press <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or click outside the cell
+that contains the cursor. It is possible to enter information for more than
+one weight system by adding an additional system using the + button on the
+top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted using the dustbin icon on the
+left hand. Here is an example of information for a dive with two types of
+weights: integrated and a weight belt:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>There’s NO need to click the <em>Save</em> button before the dive profile has been
+completed.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">5.1.3. Creating a Dive Profile</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> (a graphical representation of the depth of the dive as a
+function of time) is indicated in the panel on the top right hand of the
+<em>Subsurface</em> window. When a dive is manually added to a logbook,
+<em>Subsurface</em> presents a default dive profile that needs to be modified to
+best represent the dive being described:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial dive profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Modifying the dive profile</em>: When the cursor is moved around the dive
+profile, its position is indicated by two coloured lines (red and green) as
+shown below. The depth and time that the cursor represents are indicated at
+the top of the black information box (@ and D). The units (metric/imperial)
+on the axes are determined by the <strong>Preference</strong> settings. The dive profile
+itself comprises several line segments demarcated by waypoints (white dots
+on the profile, as shown above). The default dive depth is 15 m. If the
+dive depth was 20 m then the user needs to drag the appropriate waypoints
+downwards to represent 20 m. To add a waypoint, double-click on any line
+segment. To move an additional waypoint, drag it. To remove this waypoint,
+right-click on it and choose "Remove this point" from the context menu. The
+user needs to drag the waypoints to represent an accurate time duration for
+the dive. Below is a dive profile that represents a dive to 20 m for 30 min,
+followed by a 5 minute safety stop at 5 m.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Edited dive profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Specifying the gas composition:</em> The gas composition used is clearly
+indicated along the line segments of the dive profile. This defaults to the
+first gas mixture specified in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab, which was air in the
+case of the profile illustrated above. The gas mixtures of segments of the
+dive profile can be edited. This is done by right-clicking on the particular
+waypoint and selecting the appropriate gas from the context menu. Changing
+the gas for a waypoint affects the gas shown in the segment <em>to the left</em> of
+that waypoint. Note that only the gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab
+appear in the context menu.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Gas composition context menu" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is the profile of a dive to 25 m for 30 min and with a switch from air
+to EAN50 at the end of the duration at 20m. In this case the first cylinder
+in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab contained air and the second cylinder contained
+EAN50.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DiveProfile4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Completed dive profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_saving_the_hand_entered_dive_information">5.1.4. Saving the hand-entered dive information</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> tab, the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab as well
+as the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> can now be saved in the user’s logbook by using the
+two buttons on the top right hand of the Dive Notes tab. If the <em>Save</em>
+button is clicked, the dive data are saved in the current logbook. If the
+<em>Cancel</em> button is clicked, the newly entered dive data are discarded. When
+exiting <em>Subsurface</em>, the user will be prompted once more to save the
+logbook with the new dive(s).</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Importing new dive information from a Dive Computer</h3>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_connecting_and_importing_data_from_a_dive_computer">5.2.1. Connecting and importing data from a dive computer.</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of
+information about each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration,
+rates of ascent/descent and of gas partial pressures. <em>Subsurface</em> can
+capture this information and present it as part of the dive information,
+using dive information from a wide range of dive computers. The latest list
+of supported dive computers can be found at:
+<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/">
+Supported dive computers</a>.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Several dive computers consume more power when they are in their
+PC-Communication mode. <strong>This could drain the dive computer’s battery</strong>. We
+therefore recommend that the user checks if the dive computer is charged
+when connected to the USB port of a PC. For example, several Suunto and
+Mares dive computers do not recharge through the USB connection. Users
+should refer to the dive computer’s manual if they are unsure whether the
+dive computer recharges its batteries while connected to the USB port.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To import dive information from a dive computer to a computer with
+<em>Subsurface</em>, it is necessary that the two pieces of equipment communicate
+with one another. This involves setting up the communications port (or
+mount point) of the computer with <em>Subsurface</em> that communicates with the
+dive computer. In order to set up this communication, one needs to find the
+appropriate information to instruct <em>Subsurface</em> where and how to import the
+dive information.
+<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
+A</a> provides the technical information to help the user achieving this for
+different operating systems and
+<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
+B</a> has dive computer specific information.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After this, the dive computer can be hooked up to the user’s PC, which can
+be achieved by following these steps:</p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red
+ or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The dive computer should be placed into PC Communication mode.
+ (Users should refer to the manual of their specific dive computer)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+In <em>Subsurface</em>, from the Main Menu, the user must select <em>Import → Import
+ From Dive Computer</em>. Dialogue <strong>A</strong> in the figure below appears:
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialogue 1" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in their memory, even
+though these dives have already been imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. For that
+reason, if the divecomputer allows this, <em>Subsurface</em> only imports dives
+that have not been uploaded before. This makes the download process faster
+on most dive computers and also saves battery power of the dive computer (at
+least for those not charging while connected via USB). If, for some reason,
+the user wishes to import ALL dives from the dive computer, even though some
+may already be in the logbook, then check the check box labelled <em>Force
+download of all dives</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+The dialogue has two drop-down lists, <strong>Vendor</strong> and <strong>Dive Computer</strong>. On the
+ <strong>vendor</strong> drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g. Suunto,
+ Oceanic, Uwatec, Mares. On the <strong>Dive Computer</strong> drop-down list, the model
+ name of the dive computer must be selected, e.g. D4 (Suunto), Veo200
+ (Oceanic), or Puck (Mares).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The <strong>Device or Mount Point</strong> drop-down list contains the USB or Bluetooth
+ port name that <em>Subsurface</em> needs in order to communicate with the dive
+ computer. The appropriate port name must be selected. Consult
+ <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
+ A</a> and
+ <a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
+ B</a> for technical details on how to find the appropriate port information for
+ a particular dive computer and, in some cases, how to do the correct
+ settings to the operating system of the computer on which <em>Subsurface</em> is
+ running.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+If all the dives on the dive computer need to be downloaded, check the
+ checkbox <em>Force download of all dives</em>. Normally, <em>Subsurface</em> only
+ downloads dives after the date-time of the last dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
+ panel. If one or more of your dives in <em>Subsurface</em> have been accidentally
+ deleted or if there are older dives that still need to be downloaded from
+ the dive computer, this checkbox needs to be activated. Some dive computers
+ (e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide a contents list to <em>Subsurface</em> before the
+ download in order to select only new dives. Consequently, for these dive
+ computers, all dives are downloaded irrespective of the status of this check
+ box.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+If the checkbox <em>Always prefer downloaded dives</em> has been checked and,
+ during download, dives with identical date-times exist on the dive computer
+ and on the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel, the dive in the <em>Subsurface</em>
+ divelog will be overwritten by the dive record from the dive computer
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The checkbox marked <em>Download into new trip</em> ensures that, after upload, the
+ downloaded dives are grouped together as a new trip(s) in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Do <strong>not</strong> check the checkboxes labelled <em>Save libdivecomputer logfile</em> and
+ <em>Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</em>. These are only used as diagnostic tools
+ when problems with downloads are experienced (see below).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Then select the <em>Download</em> button. After successful download, Dialogue <strong>B</strong>
+ in the figure above appears.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+With communication established, one can see how the data are retrieved from
+ the dive computer. Depending on the make of the dive computer and/or number
+ of recorded dives, this could take some time. Be patient. The <em>Download</em>
+ dialogue shows a progress bar at the bottom of the dialogue (for some dive
+ computers the progress information could be inaccurate as we cannot
+ determine how much downloadable data there is until all data have been
+ downloaded). When the download of the dive information is complete, all the
+ imported dives appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, sorted by date and
+ time. Disconnect and switch off the dive computer to conserve its battery
+ power. If a particular dive is selected, the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel shows an
+ informative graph of dive depth against time for that particular dive.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After the dives have been downloaded, they appear in a tabular format on the
+righthand side of the dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong>, above). Each dive comprises a
+row in the table, with the date, duration and depth shown. Next to each dive
+is a checkbox: check all the dives that need to be transfered to the <strong>Dive
+List</strong>. In the case of the image above, the last six dives are checked and
+will be transfered to the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After this has been completed, select the OK button. The checked dives are
+transfered to the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error
+ message will be shown, similar to this text: "Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0
+ Mares (Puck Pro)". Refer to the text in the box below.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="sidebarblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?</strong></p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Check the following:</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Is the dive computer still in PC-communication or Upload mode?
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Is the battery of the dive computer fully charged? If not then the battery
+ must be charged or replaced.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Is the connecting cable faulty? Does the cable work perfectly using other
+ software? Has it worked before, or is this the first time the cable is being
+ used? Are the contacts on the dive computer and the cable clean?
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Consult
+ <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
+ A</a> and make sure that the correct Mount Point was specified (see above).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+On Unix-like operating systems, does the user have write permission to the
+ USB port? If not, consult
+ <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
+ A</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <em>Subsurface</em> computer does not recognise the USB adaptor by showing
+an appropriate device name next to the Mount Point, then there is a
+possibility that the cable or USB adaptor is faulty. A faulty cable is the
+most common cause of communication failure between dive computer and
+<em>Subsurface</em> computer. It is also possible that the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
+cannot interpret the data. Perform a download for diagnostic purposes with
+the following two check boxes checked in the download dialogue discussed
+above:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>Save libdivecomputer logfile
+Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: These check boxes are only used when problems are encountered
+during the download process: under normal circumstances they should not be checked.
+When checking these boxes, the user is prompted to select a folder to
+save the information to. The default folder is the one in which the <em>Subsurface</em>
+dive log is kept.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important:</strong> <em>After downloading with the above checkboxes
+checked, no dives are added to the
+<strong>Dive List</strong> but two files are created in the folder selected above</em>:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>subsurface.log
+subsurface.bin</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>These files should be send to the <em>Subsurface</em> mail list:
+<em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em> with a request for the files to be
+analysed. Provide the dive computer make and model as well as contextual
+information about the dives recorded on the dive computer.</p></div>
+</div></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.2. Changing the name of a dive computer</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to
+upload dive logs to <em>Subsurface</em>. For instance if one’s partner’s dive
+computer is the same make and model as one’s own and dive logs are uploaded
+from both dive computers to the same <em>Subsurface</em> computer, then one would
+perhaps like to call one dc "Alice’s Suunto D4" and the other one "Bob’s
+Suunto D4". Alternatively, perhaps a technical diver dives with two or more
+dive computers of the same model, the logs of both (or all) being uploaded.
+In this case it might be prudent to call one of them "Suunto D4 (1)" and
+another one "Suunto D4 (2)". This is easily done in <em>Subsurface</em>. On the
+<strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Log → Edit device names</em>. A dialog opens, indicating
+the current Model, ID and Nickname of the dive computers used for
+upload. Edit the Nickname field for the appropriate dive computer. After
+saving the Nickname, the dive logs show the nickname for that particular
+device instead of the model name, allowing easy identification of devices.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">5.2.3. Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer.</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>With the uploaded dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the information from the dive
+computer is not complete and more details must be added in order to have a
+fuller record of the dives. To do this, the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong>
+tabs on the top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be used.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_notes_de_plongée_2">5.2.4. Notes de plongée</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The date and time of the dive, gas mixture and (often) water temperature are
+usually shown as obtained from the dive computer, but the user needs to add
+additional information by hand in order to have a more complete dive
+record. In a few cases, (e.g. APD rebreathers) one also has to provide the
+date and time of the dive. If the contents of this tab is changed or edited
+in any way, the message in a blue box at the top of the panel indicates that
+the dive is being edited. If one clicks on the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> tab, the
+following fields are visible:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/AddDive3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Dive Notes tab" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and time of the dive. By clicking the
+date, a calendar is displayed from which one can choose the correct
+date. Press ESC to close the calendar. The time values (hour and minutes)
+can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text box and
+by overtyping the information displayed.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air/water temperatures</strong>: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown
+in these fields to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water
+temperature information and this field may therefore contain information obtained from the dive computer.
+If air temperature is not provided by the dive computer, the first temperature reading
+might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close enough to the real air temperature as
+the change in the temperature sensor reading is quite slow to follow the changes in the environment.
+If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be
+automatically supplied by
+<em>Subsurface</em> (according to the <em>Preferences</em>, metric or imperial units will
+be used).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Location</strong>: In this field one should type in text that describes the site
+where the dive was performed, e.g. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary".
+Auto completion of location names will
+make this easier if one frequently dives at the same sites.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Coordinates</strong>: The geographic coordinates of the dive site should be entered
+here. These can come from three sources:</p></div>
+<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
+<li>
+<p>
+The user can find the coordinates on the world map in the bottom right hand
+ part of the Subsurface window. The map displays a green bar indicating "Move
+ the map and double-click to set the dive location". Double-click at the
+ appropriate place, the green bar disappears and the coordinates are stored.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The user can obtain the coordinates from the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app if
+ an Android or iPhone device with GPS was used and if the coordinates of the
+ dive site were stored using that device. <a href="#S_Companion">Click here for
+ more information</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The coordinates can be entered by hand if they are known, using one of four
+ formats with latitude followed by longitude:
+</p>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E Degrees and decimal
+minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' Degrees minutes seconds,
+e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 ,
+30.821798</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a
+negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly, western longitudes are given with
+a <strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Please note that GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the Location
+name - so adding coordinates to dives that do not have a location
+description will cause unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all
+of these dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates
+the same).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive mode</strong>: This is a dropdown box allowing one to choose the type of dive
+performed. The options are OC (Open Circuit, the default seting, meant for most recreational dives),
+Freedive (dive without SCUBA equipment), CCR (Closed-circuit
+rebreather) and pSCR (Passive semi-closed rebreather).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the dive master or dive guide for this dive should be
+entered in this field
+which offers auto completion based on the list of dive masters in
+the current logbook.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field, one enters the name(s) of the buddy / buddies
+(separated with commas) who accompanied him/her on the
+dive. Auto completion based on the list of buddies in the current logbook is
+offered.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: Here the type of diving suit used for the dive can be entered.
+Auto completion of the suit description is available.
+Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of
+suit and thermal protection undersuit was used.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: One can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a
+5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: Similarly, one can provide a rating of visibility during the
+dive on a
+5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive performed can be entered
+here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, training,
+cave, etc.
+<em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. If the user starts typing a tag, the
+program
+will list the tags that correspond to the typing. For instance, if the user
+typed
+<code>cav</code>, then the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are shown for the user to choose from.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Save</strong> and <strong>Cancel</strong> buttons are used to save all the information for
+tabs in the info panel and in the dive profile panel, so there’s no need to
+use them until ALL other information has been added. Here is an example of a
+completed Dive Notes panel:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/CompletedDiveInfo_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed Dive Notes tab" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_equipment_2">5.2.5. Equipment</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab allows one to enter information about the type of cylinder
+and gas used as well as the weights used for the dive. The message in a blue
+box at the top of the panel:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Blue edit bar" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>indicates that the dive is being edited. This is a highly interactive part
+of <em>Subsurface</em> and the information on cylinders and gases (entered here)
+determines the behaviour of the dive profile (top right-hand panel).</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks
+like this:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>In most cases <em>Subsurface</em> obtains the gas used from the dive computer and
+automatically inserts the gas composition(% oxygen) in the table. The<br />
+button at the top right allows the user to add more cylinders for this
+dive. The dark dustbin icon on the left allows the deletion of information
+for a cylinder. Note that it is not possible to delete a cylinder if it is
+used during the dive. A cylinder might be implicitly used in the dive, even
+without a gas change event.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The user should start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of
+the table. To select a cylinder, the <strong>cylinder type</strong> box should be
+clicked. This brings up a list button that can be used to display a dropdown
+list of cylinders:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was
+used for this dive or the user may start typing in the box which shows the
+available options for the entered characters. The <strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as
+well as its working pressure (<strong>WorkPress</strong>) will automatically be shown in
+the dialogue.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Next one must indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the
+specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial)
+corresponds to the settings chosen in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the value of 21% can
+be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or trimix were used,
+their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be entered. Any
+inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the information for
+the cylinder, either press <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or click outside the cell
+that contains the cursor. Information for any additional cylinders can be
+added by using the + button at the top right hand. Following is an example
+of a complete description for a dive using two cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used can be entered
+using a dialogue very similar to that of the cylinder information. If one
+clicks
+the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like
+this:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The Weights dialogue" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>By clicking on the <strong>Type</strong> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through
+a down-arrow:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the type of weight system used
+during the dive or the user may start typing in the box which shows the
+available options for the entered characters. In the <strong>Weight</strong> field, type
+in the amount of weight used during the dive. After specifying the weight
+system, the user can either press <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or click outside
+the cell with the cursor. It is possible to enter information for more than
+one weight system by adding an additional system using the + button on the
+top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted using the dustbin icon on the
+left hand. Here is an example of information for a dive with two types of
+weights: integrated as well as a weight belt:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_editing_several_selected_dives_simultaneously">5.2.6. Editing several selected dives simultaneously</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>METHOD 1</em>: After uploading dives from a dive computer, the dive profiles of
+the uploaded dives are shown in the <strong>Dive profile</strong> tab, as well as a few
+items of information in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> tab (e.g. water temperature) and in
+the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab (e.g. gas pressures and gas composition). However the
+other fields remain empty. It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of
+the fields in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. For instance, it is
+possible that a diver performed several dives during a single day, using
+identical equipment while diving at the same dive site or with the same dive
+master and/or buddy or tags. Instead of completing the information for each
+of these dives separately, one can select all the dives for that day in the
+<strong>Dive List</strong> and insert the same information in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> and
+<strong>Equipment</strong> fields that need identical information. This is achieved by
+editing the dive notes or the equipment for any one of the selected dives.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain
+information. This means that, if some fields have been edited for a
+particular dive among the selected dives, these are not changed while
+editing the dives simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several
+dives simultaneously is: if the data field being edited contains <em>exactly
+the same information</em> for all the dives that have been selected, the new,
+edited information is substituted for all the selected dives, otherwise only
+the edited dive is changed, even though several dives have been selected in
+the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This greatly speeds up the completion of the dive log after
+several similar dives.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METHOD 2</em>:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a
+dive with all the appropriate information typed into the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> and
+<strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Copy dive
+components</em>. A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of
+the fields in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Select the fields to
+be copied from the currently selected dive, then select <em>OK</em>. Now, in the
+<strong>Dive List</strong>, select the dives into which this information is to be
+pasted. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Paste dive components</em>.
+All the selected dives now contain the data initially selected in the
+original source dive log.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_adding_bookmarks_to_a_dive">5.2.7. Adding Bookmarks to a dive</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers wish to annotate their dives with text that indicate particular
+events during the dive, e.g. "Saw dolphins", or "Released surface
+buoy". This is easily done:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile. This brings up
+ the dive profile context menu. Select <em>Add bookmark</em>. A red flag is placed
+ on the dive profile at the point that was initially selected (see <strong>A</strong>
+ below).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see <strong>B</strong>
+ below). Select <em>Edit name</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see <strong>C</strong>
+ below). Select <em>OK</em>. This saves the text associated with the bookmark.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+If one hovers using the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is
+ shown at the bottom of the information box (see <strong>D</strong> below).
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Bookmark dialog" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_saving_the_updated_dive_information">5.2.8. Saving the updated dive information</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> tab and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab can
+be saved by using the two buttons on the top right hand of the <strong>Dive Notes</strong>
+tab. If the <em>Save</em> button is clicked, the dive data are saved. If the
+<em>Cancel</em> button is clicked, then the newly entered dive data are deleted,
+although the dive profile obtained from the dive computer will be
+retained. When the user exits <em>Subsurface</em> there is a final prompt to
+confirm that the new data should be saved.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_importing_dive_information_from_other_digital_data_sources_or_other_data_formats">5.3. Importing dive information from other digital data sources or other data formats</h3>
+<div class="paragraph" id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs"><p>If a user has been diving for some time, it is possible that several dives
+were logged using other dive log software. This information does not need
+retyping because these dive logs can probably be imported into
+<em>Subsurface</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> will import dive logs from a range of other dive
+log software. While some software is supported natively, for others the user
+has to export the logbook(s) to an intermediate format so that they can then
+be imported by <em>Subsurface</em>. Currently, <em>Subsurface</em> supports importing CSV
+log files from several sources. APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear
+files are preconfigured, but because the import is flexible, users can
+configure their own imports. Manually kept log files (e.g. in spreadsheet)
+can also be imported by configuring the CSV import. <em>Subsurface</em> can also
+import UDDF and UDCF files used by some divelog software and some dive
+computers, like the Heinrichs & Weikamp DR5. Finally, for some divelog
+software like Mares Dive Organiser it is currently suggested to import the
+logbooks first into a webservice like <em>divelogs.de</em> and then import them
+from there with <em>Subsurface</em>, as divelogs.de supports a few additional
+logbook formats that <em>Subsurface</em> currently cannot parse.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, it
+should be sufficient to select either <em>Import → Import log files</em> or <em>File
+→ Open log file</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> supports the data formats of many dive
+computers, including Suunto and Shearwater. When importing dives,
+<em>Subsurface</em> tries to detect multiple records for the same dive and merges
+the information as best as it can. If there are no time zone issues (or
+other reasons that would cause the beginning time of the dives to be
+significantly different) <em>Subsurface</em> will not create duplicate entries.</p></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_using_the_universal_import_dialogue">5.3.1. Using the universal import dialogue</h4>
+<div class="paragraph" id="Unified_import"><p>Importing dives from other software is performed through a universal
+interface that is activated by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then
+clicking on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This brings up the dialogue <strong>A</strong> below.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label of
+<em>Dive Log Files</em> which gives access to the different types of direct imports
+available, as in dialogue <strong>B</strong>, above. Currently these are:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log
+ systems)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+UDCF-formatted dive logs
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Poseidon MkVI CCR logs
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+JDiveLog
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the appropriate file in the file list of the dialogue opens the
+imported dive log in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong>. Some other formats, not
+accessible through the Import dialogue are also supported, as explained
+below.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_importing_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">5.3.2. Importing from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Since Mares utilise proprietary Windows software not compatible with
+multi-platform applications, these dive logs cannot be directly imported
+into <em>Subsurface</em>. Mares dive logs need to be imported using a three-step
+process, using <em>www.divelogs.de</em> as a mechanism to extract the dive log
+information.</p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+The dive log data from Mares Dive Organiser need to be exported to the
+ user’s desktop, using a <em>.sdf</em> file name extension. Refer to
+ <a href="#Mares_Export">Appendix C</a> for more information.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Data should then be imported into <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. One needs to create a
+ user account in <em>www.divelogs.de</em>, log into that web site, then select
+ <em>Import Logbook → Dive Organiser</em> from the menu on the left hand side. The
+ instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive information (in
+ <em>.sdf</em> format) from the Dive Organiser database to <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Finally, import the dives from <em>divelogs.de</em> to <em>Subsurface</em>, using the
+ instructions below.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">5.3.3. Importing dives from <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive information from <em>divelogs.de</em> is simple, using a single
+dialogue box. The <em>Import → Import from Divelogs.de</em> option should be
+selected from the Main Menu. This brings up a dialogue box (see figure on
+left [<strong>A</strong>] below). Enter a user-ID and password for <em>divelogs.de</em> into the
+appropriate fields and then select the <em>Download</em> button. Download from
+<em>divelogs.de</em> starts immediately, displaying a progress bar in the dialogue
+box. At the end of the download, the success status is indicated (see figure
+on the right [<strong>B</strong>], below). The <em>Apply</em> button should then be selected,
+after which the imported dives appear in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">5.3.4. Importing data in CSV format</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either
+as dive profiles (as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed
+circuit rebreathers) or as dive metadata (in case the user keeps dive data
+in a spreadsheet). The <em>CSV</em> format is a universal simplified format that
+allows for easy information exchange between different computers or software
+packages. For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">A
+Diver’s Introduction To CSV Files</a>. <em>Subsurface</em> dive logs can also be
+exported in <em>CSV</em> format to other software that reads this format. See
+<a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</a> for
+information that may be helpful for importing spreadsheet-based data into
+<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers or other dive log software</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>One can view a <em>CSV</em> file by using an ordinary text editor. It is normally
+organised into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em> or
+<em>column headings</em>) of the data columns, followed by the data, one record per
+line.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two types of <em>CSV</em> dive logs that can be imported into
+<em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>CSV dive details</em>: This dive log format contains similar information to
+ that of a typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth,
+ dive duration, names of buddy and dive master and perhaps some information
+ about cylinder pressures before and after the dive, as well as a comment or
+ two about the dive. All the data for a single dive go on a single line of
+ text, following the order of the column headings.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>CSV dive profile</em>: This dive log format includes much more information
+ about a single dive. For instance there may be information at 30-second
+ intervals, indicating depth, water temperature at that depth, and cylinder
+ pressure at that moment in time. Each line contains the information for a
+ single instant in time during the dive, 30 seconds after that of the
+ previous instant. Many lines are required to complete the depth profile
+ information for a single dive. This is a common export format used by
+ closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive equipment and many software packages
+ that handle dive computer data and/or dive logs.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Before being able to import the <em>CSV</em> data to <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>one needs to
+know a few things about the data being imported</strong>:</p></div>
+<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
+<li>
+<p>
+Which character separates the different columns within a single line of
+ data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) or a TAB character.
+ This can be determined by opening the file with a text editor. If it is
+ comma-delimited, then the comma characters between the values are clearly
+ visible. If no commas are evident and the numbers are aligned in columns,
+ the file is probably TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field
+ separator).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Which data columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? Is it a <em>CSV dive
+ details</em> file or a <em>CSV dive profile</em> file? Open the file using a text
+ editor and note the titles of the columns to be imported and their column
+ positions.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial unis?
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Armed with this information, importing the data into <em>Subsurface</em> is
+straightforward. Select <em>Import → Import Log Files</em> from the main menu. In
+the resulting file selection menu, select <em>CSV files</em> (towards the bottom
+right). This shows all .CSV files in the selected directory. Select the file
+that needs to be imported. A configuration panel appears as depicted below:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 1" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Notice that, at the top left, there is a dropdown list containing
+pre-configured settings for some of the more common dive computers and
+software packages encountered by divers. If the <em>CSV</em> file being imported
+originated from any of these pre-configured items, then select it. Otherwise
+use the <em>Manual Import</em> option. The configuration panel also has dropdown
+lists for the specification of the appropriate field separator (Tab, comma
+or semicolon), the date format used in the <em>CSV</em> file, the time units
+(seconds, minutes or minutes:seconds), as well as the unit system (metric or
+imperial). Selecting the appropriate options among these is critical for the
+successful import of the data.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The last remaining task is to ensure that all the data columns have the
+appropriate column headings. The top line of the white part of the data
+table contains the column headings found in the <em>CSV</em> data file. The blue
+row of cells immediately above these contains the names understood by
+<em>Subsurface</em>. The white area below the dropdown lists contains all the field
+names that <em>Subsurface</em> recognises. These names are in blue balloons and can
+be moved using a drag-and-frop action. For instance, <em>Subsurface</em> expects
+the column heading for Dive number (" # ") to be "Dive # ". If the column
+heading that <em>Subsurface</em> expects is not in the blue cells, then drag the
+appropriate column heading from the upper area and drop it in the
+appropriate blue cell at the top of the table. To indicate the correct
+column for "Dive #", drag the ballooned item labelled "Dive # " and drop it
+in the blue cell immediately above the white cell containing " # ". This is
+depicted in the image below.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/csv_import2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 2" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Continue in this way to ensure that all the column headings in the blue row
+of cells correspond to the headings listed in the top part of the
+dialogue. Having completed this task, select the <em>OK</em> button to the bottom
+right og the dialogue. The data from the <em>CSV</em> file are imported and shown
+in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
+<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>A Diver’s Introduction to <em>CSV</em> Files</strong></p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content"><em>CSV</em> is an abbreviation for a data file format: <em>Comma-Separated
+Variables</em>. It is a file format allowing someone to view or edit the
+information using a text editor such as Notebook (Windows), gedit (Linux) or
+TextWrangler (OS/X). The two main advantages of the <em>CSV</em> format is that the
+data are easily editable as text without any proprietary software and
+ensuring all information is human-readable, not being obscured by any custom
+or proprietary attributes that proprietary software insert into files.
+Because of its simplicity the <em>CSV</em> format is used as an interchange format
+between many software packages, e.g. between spreadsheet, statistical,
+graphics, database and diving software. Within <em>Subsurface</em>, <em>CSV</em> files can
+also be used to import information from other sources such as
+spreadsheet-based dive logs and even from some dive computers.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most
+important attribute of a <em>CSV</em> file is the <em>field separator</em>, the character
+used to separate fields within a single line. The field separator is
+frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When
+exporting data from spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be
+specified in order to create the <em>CSV</em> file. <em>CSV</em> files are normally
+organised into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em>) of
+the data columns, followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each
+field name may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance
+<em>Dive site</em>, below. Here is an example of dive information for four dives
+using a comma as a field separator:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy
+Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith
+Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald
+Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht
+Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>In this format the data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same
+information in TAB-delimited format:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy
+Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith
+Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald
+Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht
+Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the
+comma-delimited format. The disadvantage is that one cannot see the TAB
+characters. For instance, the space between <em>Dive</em> and <em>date</em> in the top
+line may be a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE
+character: the tabs are before and after <em>Dive date</em>). If the field names in
+the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines cannot
+be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited
+example of a <em>CSV</em> dive log from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive
+computer:</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius)
+0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1
+0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
+0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1
+0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2
+0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
+10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7
+20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6
+30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6
+40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>When a <em>CSV</em> file is selected for import, <em>Subsurface</em> displays the column
+headers as well as some of the data in the first few lines of the <em>CSV</em>
+file, making it much easier to work with <em>CSV</em> files. <em>CSV</em> files can
+therefore be used in many contexts for importing data into a <em>Subsurface</em>
+dive log. Knowledge of a few basic things about the content of the <em>CSV</em>
+file allows a smooth import of the dives into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
+</div></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">The <em>CSV</em> import has a couple of caveats. One should avoid some special
+characters like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double
+quotes (") as part of the numbers or text within a cell. The file should use
+UTF-8 character set, if using non-ASCII characters. Also the size of the
+<em>CSV</em> file might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time (<em>CSV dive
+details</em>) works, but larger files might exceed limits of the parser
+used. When encountering problems with <em>CSV</em> imports, first try with a
+smaller file to make sure everything works.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_Companion">5.4. Importing GPS coordinates with the <em>Subsurface Companion App</em> for mobile phones</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the <strong>Subsurface Companion App</strong> on an <em>Android device</em> with a GPS or
+<a href="#S_iphone"><em>iPhone</em></a>, the coordinates for the diving location can be
+automatically passed to the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log. The Companion App stores
+the dive locations on a dedicated Internet-based file server. <em>Subsurface</em>,
+in turn, can collect the localities from the file server.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To do this:</p></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_create_a_companion_app_account">5.4.1. Create a Companion App account</h4>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Register on the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web
+ page</em></a>. A confirmation email with instructions and a personal <strong>DIVERID</strong>
+ will be sent, a long number that gives access to the file server and
+ Companion App capabilities.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Download the app from
+ <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play
+ Store</a> or from
+ <a href="http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_using_the_subsurface_companion_app_on_an_android_smartphone">5.4.2. Using the Subsurface companion app on an Android smartphone</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>On first use the app has three options:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Create a new account.</em> Equivalent to registering in <em>Subsurface</em> companion
+ page using an Internet browser. One can request a <strong>DIVERID</strong> using this
+ option, but this is supplied via email and followed up by interaction with
+ the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a> in order
+ to activate the account.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Retrieve an account.</em> If users forgot their <strong>DIVERID</strong> they will receive an
+ email to recover the number.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Use an existing account.</em> Users are prompted for their <strong>DIVERID</strong>. The app
+ saves this <strong>DIVERID</strong> and does not ask for it again unless one uses the
+ <em>Disconnect</em> menu option (see below).
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">In the <em>Subsurface</em> main program, the <strong>DIVERID</strong> should also be entered on
+the Default Preferences panel, obtained by selecting <em>File → Preferences →
+Defaults</em> from the main menu in <em>Subsurface</em> itself. This facilitates
+synchronisation between <em>Subsurface</em> and the Companion App.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_creating_new_dive_locations">Creating new dive locations</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Now one is ready to get a dive position and send it to the server. The
+Android display will look like the left hand image (<strong>A</strong>) below, but without
+any dives.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Touch the "+" icon on the top right to add a new dive site, a menu will be
+showed with 3 options:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it
+ is turned off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Use Map: This option allows the user to fix a position by searching a world
+ map. A world map is shown (see <strong>B</strong> below) on which one should indicate the
+ desired position with a <em>long press</em> on the touch sensitive screen (if the
+ marked location is erroneous, simply indicate a new location) and select
+ the check symbol in the upper right. A dialog is shown allowing to enter the
+ name of the dive location and the date-time of the dive (see <strong>C</strong> below). In
+ order to import this dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> it’s advisable to set the
+ time to agree with the time of that dive on the dive computer.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and
+ located archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the
+ stored locations shown. Now one needs to select the appropriate locations,
+ then select the tab in the upper right, after which the locations will be
+ sent to the web service and added to the list on the Android device.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_dive_lists_of_dive_locations">Dive lists of dive locations</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and
+time (see <strong>A</strong> below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the
+selection box to the left indicating that they require upload to the
+server. One can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected
+location has a check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations
+(such as <em>Delete</em> or <em>Send</em>) are performed on several locations that are
+selected.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations
+or a map indicating the dive locations. The display mode (List or Map) is
+changed by selecting <em>Dives</em> at the top left of the screen (see <strong>A</strong> below)
+and then selecting the display mode. The display mode can be changed either
+from the list of locations or from the map (see <strong>B</strong> below). If one selects a
+location (on the list or on the map), an editing panel opens (see <strong>C</strong> below)
+where the dive description or other details may be changed.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>When one clicks on a dive (<strong>not</strong> selecting the check box), the name given to
+it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top
+of the screen:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive
+ location.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Maps: Display a map showing the dive location.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After editing and saving a dive location (see <strong>C</strong> above), one needs to
+upload it to the web service, as explained below.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_uploading_dive_locations">Uploading dive locations</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several ways to send locations to the server. The easiest is by
+simply selecting the locations (See <strong>A</strong> below) and then touching the right
+arrow at the top right of the screen.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Users must be careful, as the trash icon on the right means exactly what it
+should; it deletes the selected dive location(s).</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to
+be downloaded to a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log (see below).</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_settings_on_the_companion_app">Settings on the Companion app</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Settings</em> menu option results in the right hand image above
+(<strong>B</strong>).</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_server_and_account">Server and account</h5>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Web-service URL.</em> This is predefined (<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>User ID.</em> The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The
+ easiest way to obtain it is simply to copy and paste from the confirmation
+ email but, of course, users can also type this information.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_synchronisation">Synchronisation</h5>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Synchronize on startup.</em> If selected, dive locations in the Android device
+ and those on the web service synchronise each time the app is started.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Upload new dives.</em> If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it
+ is automatically sent to the server.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_background_service">Background service</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Instead of entering a unique dive location, users can leave the service
+running in the background of their Android device, allowing the continuous
+collection of GPS locations.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The settings below define the behaviour of the service:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Min duration.</em> In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X
+ minutes until stopped by the user.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Min distance.</em> In meters. Minimum distance between two locations.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Name template.</em> The name the app will use when saving the locations.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Tip" />
+</td>
+<td class="content"><em>How does the background service work?</em> Assuming the user sets 5 minutes and
+50 meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location
+at the current location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes <strong>or</strong>
+every time one moves 50m from previous location. If subsequent locations
+are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one, a new location is
+not saved. If the user is not moving, only one location is saved, but if the
+user is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a location every
+50 meters.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_other">Other</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Mailing List.</em> The mail box for <em>Subsurface</em>. Users can send an email to
+the Subsurface mailing list.</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Subsurface website.</em> A link to the URL of Subsurface web
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Version.</em> Displays the current version of the Companion App.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_search">Search</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_start_service">Start service</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Initiates the <em>background service</em> following the previously defined
+settings.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_disconnect">Disconnect</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This is a badly named option that disconnects the app from the server by
+resetting the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an account
+can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the users own
+ID. The disconnect option is useful if a user’s Android device was used to
+download the dive locations of another registered diver.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_send_all_locations">Send all locations</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_iphone">5.4.3. Using the Subsurface companion app on an <em>iPhone</em> to record dive locations</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The iPhone interface is quite simple. One needs to type the user ID
+(obtained during registration) into the space reserved for it, then select
+"Dive in" (see left part of the image below) and start collecting dive
+location information.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/iphone.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Using iPhone companion application" width="640" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be added automatically or manually. In manual mode, a dive
+location or waypoint is added to the GPS input stream. In automatic mode, a
+continuous path of GPS locations is created from which, much later, after
+import, subsurface can select the appropriate GPS locations based on the
+times of dives. The default mode for the <em>iphone</em> is automatic. When one
+adds a dive, the location service is started automatically and a red bar
+appears at the bottom of the screen. After the dive one can click on the red
+bar to end the location service. While the location service is running one
+can only add dives using the manual mechanism.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>One can edit the site name afterwards by selecting the dive from the dive
+list and clicking on the site name. There are no other editable fields. The
+dive list is automatically uploaded from the iphone to the webservice and
+there is not an option to trigger upload manually.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_downloading_dive_locations_to_the_em_subsurface_em_divelog">5.4.4. Downloading dive locations to the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into
+<em>Subsurface</em> before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The
+download dialog can be reached via <em>Ctrl+G</em> or from the <em>Subsurface</em> Main
+Menu <em>Import → Import GPS data from Subsurface Service</em>, resulting in the
+image on the left (<strong>A</strong>), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is
+blank. Provide a DIVERID, then select the <em>Download</em> button to initiate the
+download process, after which the screen on the right (<strong>B</strong>) below appears:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Downloading Companion app GPS data" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the <em>Apply</em> button is now active. By clicking on it, users can
+update the locations of the newly entered or uploaded dives in <em>Subsurface</em>
+which applies the coordinates and names entered on the app for all the new
+dives that match the date-times of the uploaded GPS localities. If one has
+entered the name of the dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> before downloading the
+GPS coordinates, this name will take precedence over downloaded one.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Since <em>Subsurface</em> matches GPS locations from the Android device and dive
+information from the dive computer based on date-time data, automatic
+assignment of GPS data to dives is dependent on agreement of the date-time
+information between these two devices. Although <em>Subsurface</em> has a wide
+range tolerance, it may be unable to identify the appropriate dive if there
+is a large difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the
+Android device, resulting in no updates.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons
+for this (e.g. time zones), or <em>Subsurface</em> may be unable to decide which is
+the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive dives while running
+<em>background service</em> there may be several locations that would be included
+in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more
+subsequent dives as well). A workaround for this situation to manually edit
+the date-time of a dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> Dive List <strong>before</strong> downloading
+the GPS data and then to change the date-time back again <strong>after</strong> downloading
+GPS data.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">TIPS:</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Background service</em>, being a very powerful tool, may fill the location list
+ with many unnecessary locations not corresponding to the exact dive point
+ but reflecting the boat’s route. Currently these locations are difficult to
+ delete from the server. In some situations it is therefore prudent to clean
+ up the list on the Android device before sending the dive points to the web
+ server by simply deleting the inappropriate locations. This might be
+ necessary, for instance, if one wants to keep the location list clear to see
+ dives in the web service map display (see above).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to
+ the web server, or at least to use an informative name in the <em>Name
+ Template</em> setting while running the <em>background service</em>, especially on a
+ dive trip with many dives and dive locations.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_LoadImage">5.5. Adding photographs to dives</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs
+during a dive. One would like to associate each photograph with a specific
+dive. <em>Subsurface</em> allows one to load photos into a dive. Photos are
+superimposed on the dive profile, from where they can be viewed.</p></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_loading_photos_and_getting_synchronisation_between_dive_computer_and_camera">5.5.1. Loading photos and getting synchronisation between dive computer and camera</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then
+right-click on this dive or group of dives and choose the option <em>Load
+Images</em>:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs that need
+to be loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and click the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This brings one to the time synchronisation dialog, shown below. The
+critical problem is that the time synchronisation is not perfect between the
+dive computer used during a dive, and the camera used during that same
+dive. These two devices often differ by several minutes. If <em>Subsurface</em> can
+achieve synchronisation, then the exact times of photographs can be used to
+position photographs on the dive profile.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> achieves this synchronisation in two ways:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Manually</strong>: If the user wrote down the exact camera time at the start of a dive, the
+ difference in time between the two devices can be determined. Actually, as long as the device
+ settings for time has not been changed in either device, one could write down the times of
+ both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day. One can then manually set the time
+ difference in the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. Towards the top of the dialog is a time setting tool
+ immediately under the heading <em>Shift times of image(s) by</em>, evident in figure <strong>A</strong> below.
+ If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting
+ tool to a value of 00:07. Select either the <em>earlier</em> or <em>later</em> radio button.
+ In the above example, the <em>earlier</em> option is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted
+ 7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix
+ in that tool. Click the <em>OK</em> button and synchronisation is achieved.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronisation dialog" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>By photograph</strong>: There is a very slick way of achieving synchronisation. If one takes a
+ photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time, then <em>Subsurface</em> can obtain
+ the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata that the camera stores within
+ each photo. In order to do this, use the bottom half of the Time shift_ dialog. If one uses
+ the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on
+ the horizontal bar entitled "<em>Select image of divecomputer showing time</em>. This brings up
+ a file browser with which one can select the photograph of the dive computer. Select the
+ photograph using the file browser and click on <em>OK</em>. This photograph of the dive computer
+ appears in the bottom panel of the <em>Shift times</em> dialog. Now <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly
+ when the photograph has been taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo
+ so that this tool reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the
+ date-time tool has been set, <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly what the time difference between
+ camera and dive computer is, and synchronisation is achieved. There is a
+ photograph with the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the
+ date-time on image <strong>B</strong> above.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the timestamp of a photograph is long before or after the dive, it is not
+placed on the dive profile. If the timestamp of the photo is within 30
+minutes of the dive, it is shown.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_viewing_the_photos">5.5.2. Viewing the photos</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>In order to view the photos added to a dive, activate the <em>show-photos</em>
+button in the tool bar to the left of the dive profile:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> panel.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions
+ reflecting the time each photograph was taken. See below:
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Photos on dive profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If one hovers with the mouse over any of the photo icons, then a thumbnail
+photo is shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size photo overlaid on the
+<em>Subsurface</em> window. This allows good viewing of the photographs that have
+been added (see the image below). Note that the thumbnail has a small
+dustbin icon in the bottom right hand corner (see image above). If one
+selects the dustbin, the image is removed from the dive. Therefore some care
+is required when clicking on a thumbnail. Images can also be deleted using
+the <em>Photos</em> tab (see text below).</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_the_em_photos_em_tab">5.5.3. The <em>Photos</em> tab</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the <em>Photos</em>
+tab of the <em>Dive Notes</em> panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a
+dive (therefore sometimes with large overlap on the dive profile) can easily
+be accessed in the <em>Photos</em> tab. This tab serves as a tool for individually
+accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile give an
+indication of when during a dive a photo was taken. By single-clicking on a
+thumbnail in the <em>Photos</em> panel, a photo is selected. By double-clicking a
+thumbnail, the full-sized image is shown, overlaying the <em>Subsurface</em>
+window. A photo can be deleted from the <em>Photos</em> panel by selecting it
+(single-click) and then by pressing the <em>Del</em> key on the keyboard. This
+removes the photo both from the <em>Photos</em> tab as well as the dive profile.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_photos_on_an_external_hard_disk">5.5.4. Photos on an external hard disk</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Most underwater photographers store their photos on an external drive. If
+such a drive can be mapped (almost always the case) the photos can be
+directly accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. This facilitates the interaction between
+<em>Subsurface</em> and an external repository of photos. When associating a dive
+profile with photos from an external drive, the normal procedure of
+selection and synchronisation (see text above) is used. However, after the
+external drive has been disconnected, <em>Subsurface</em> cannot access these
+photos any more. If the display of photos is activated (using the toolbox
+to the left of the <em>Dive Profile</em>), the program only shows a small white dot
+where each photo should be on the dive profile. In addition the <em>Photos</em>
+tab only shows the file names of the photos. This is normal behaviour. If,
+later, the external drive with the photos is connected again, the photos can
+be seen in the normal way.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_logging_special_types_of_dives">5.6. Logging special types of dives</h3>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_sidemount_dives">5.6.1. Sidemount dives</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> easily handles dives involving more than one
+cylinder. Sidemount dive logging involves three steps:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>During the dive, recording cylinder switch events</strong>. Since sidemount diving normally involves two
+ cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, <em>Subsurface</em> distinguishes among these different
+ cylinders. In contrast, most dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish among different
+ <em>gases</em> used, not among different <em>cylinders</em> used. This means that when sidemount dives are downloaded
+ from these dive computers, the events of switching between cylinders with the same gas are not downloaded. This may mean
+ that one may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer
+ has this facility) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning
+ from a dive with the information about cylinder changes is the only tricky part of logging sidemount dives.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Within <em>Subsurface</em> describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong>. The diver needs to provide the
+ specifications of the different cylinders, using the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Dive Info Panel</strong> (see
+ image below where two 12 litre cylinder were used).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Indicate cylinder change events on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive profile</strong>. Once the dive log has been imported
+ from a dive computer into <em>Subsurface</em>, the cylinder switch events need to be indicated on the dive profile.
+ Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile and then
+ selecting <em>Add gas change</em>. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the
+ currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2
+ to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then indicated on the dive
+ profile with a cylinder symbol. If the <strong>Tank Bar</strong> is activated using the toolbar to the left of the
+ profile, then the cylinder change is also indicated on the Tank Bar (see image below). After all
+ the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures
+ for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as inthe image below.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Sidemount profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This section gives an example of the versatility of <em>Subsurface</em> as a give
+logging tool.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_CCR_dives">5.6.2. Closed circuit rebreather (CCR) dives</h4>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate gas that
+has been breathed while doing two things to maintain a breathable oxygen
+concentration:
+a) remove carbon dioxide from the gas that has been exhaled
+regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits.
+Currently, within <em>Subsurface</em>, the Poseidon MkVI Discovery is the best
+supported CCR dive computer. The CCR interface of <em>Subsurface</em> is currently
+experimental and under active development. In contrast to a conventional
+recreational dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the
+download of a log containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored
+independently. This means that <em>Subsurface</em> cannot download a dive log
+directly from a CCR dive computer, but that it imports CCR dive logs in the
+same way that it imports dive log data from other digital databases.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_import_a_ccr_dive">Import a CCR dive</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>See the section dealing with <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive
+information from other digital sources</a>. From the main menu of <em>Subsurface</em>,
+select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to bring up the
+<a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. As explained in that
+section, the bottom right hand of the import dialogue contains a dropdown
+list of appropriate devices that currently includes an option for (Poseidon)
+MkVI files (import for other CCR equipment is under active
+development). Having selected the appropriate CCR format and the directory
+where the original dive logs have been stored from the CCR dive computer,
+one can select a particular dive log file (in the case of the MkVI it is a
+file with a .txt extension). After selecting the appropriate dive log,
+activate the <em>Open</em> button at the bottom right hand of the universal import
+dialogue.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect4">
+<h5 id="_displayed_information_for_a_ccr_dive">Displayed information for a CCR dive</h5>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Partial pressures of gases</em>: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the
+information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to
+recreational equipment (where pO<sub>2</sub> values are calculated based on gas
+composition and dive depth), CCR equipment provide actual measurements of
+pO<sub>2</sub>, derived from oxygen sensors. In this case the graph for oxygen
+partial pressure should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint settings
+during the dive. The mean pO<sub>2</sub> is NOT the mean oxygen partial pressure as
+given by the CCR equipment, but a value calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> as
+follows:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+For TWO O<sub>2</sub> sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However
+ differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different
+ sensors are treated as spurious. If one of the three sensors provides
+ spurious data, it is ignored.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+If no sensor data is available, the pO<sub>2</sub> value is assumed to be equal to
+ the setpoint.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean pO<sub>2</sub> of the sensors is indicated with a green line,</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual
+oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is
+turned on by checking the appropriate checkboxes in the <em>Preferences</em> panel
+(accessible by selecting <a href="#S_CCR_options"><em>File → Preferences →
+Graph</em></a>). This part of the <em>Preferences</em> panel look like this, representing
+two checkboxes that modify the display of pO<sub>2</sub> when the appropriate toolbar
+button on the Dive Profile has been activated.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR preferences panel" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Checking any of the check boxes allows the display of additional
+oxygen-related information whenever the pO<sub>2</sub> toolbar button on the
+<em>Profile</em> panel is activated. The first checkbox allows the display of
+setpoint information. This is a red line superimposed on the green oxygen
+partial pressure graph and allows a comparison of the mean measured oxygen
+partial pressure and the setpoint values, as in the image below.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR setpoint and po2 graph" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual
+oxygen sensor of the CCR equipment. The data for each sensor is colour-coded
+as follows:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Sensor 1: grey
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Sensor 2: blue
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Sensor 3: brown
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean oxygen pO<sub>2</sub> is indicated by the green line. This allows the direct
+comparison of data from each of the oxygen sensors, useful for detecting
+abnormally low or erratic readings from a particular sensor.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR sensor data graph" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The setpoint data can be overlaid on the oxygen sensor data by activating
+both of the above check boxes. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium,
+if applicable) are shown in the usual way as for open circuit dives.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Events</em>: Several events are logged, e.g. switching the mouthpiece to open
+circuit. These events are indicated by yellow triangles and, if one hovers
+over a triangle, a description of that event is given as the bottom line in
+the <a href="#S_InfoBox">Information Box</a>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Cylinder pressures</em>: Some CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record
+the pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these
+two cylinders are shown as green lines overlapping the depth profile. In
+addition, start and end pressures for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are
+shown in the <em>Equipment Tab</em>. Below is a dive profile for a CCR dive,
+including an overaly of setpoint and oxygen sensor data, as well as the
+cylinder pressure data. In this case there is good agreement from the
+readings of the two oxygen sensors.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR dive profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Equipment-specific information</em>: Equipment-specific information gathered by
+<em>Subsurface</em> is shown in the <a href="#S_ExtraDataTab">Extra data tab</a>. This may
+include setup information or metadata about the dive.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs for
+Poseidon MkVI and APD equipment can be found in <a href="#S_PoseidonMkVI">Appendix
+B</a>.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_obtaining_more_information_about_dives_entered_into_the_logbook">6. Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_the_strong_dive_info_strong_tab_for_individual_dives">6.1. The <strong>Dive Info</strong> tab (for individual dives)</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The Dive Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive
+that has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Useful information here includes
+the surface interval before the dive, the maximum and mean depths of the
+dive, the gas volume consumed, the surface air consumption (SAC) and the
+number of oxygen toxicity units (OTU) incurred.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Gas consumption and SAC calculations: <em>Subsurface</em> calculates SAC and Gas
+consumption taking in account gas incompressibility, particularly at tank
+pressures above 200 bar, making them more accurate. Users should refer to
+<a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Appendix D</a> for more information.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ExtraDataTab">6.2. The <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab (usually for individual dives)</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot
+easily be presented in a standardised way because the nature of the
+information differs from one dive computer to another. These data often
+comprise setup information, metadata about a dive, battery levels, no fly
+times, or gradient factors used during the dive. When possible, this
+information is presented in the <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab. Below is an image showing
+extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Extra Data tab" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_the_strong_stats_strong_tab_for_groups_of_dives">6.3. The <strong>Stats</strong> tab (for groups of dives)</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that
+more than one dive has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong> using the standard
+Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one dive has been selected,
+figures pertaining to only that dive are given. This tab shows the number of
+dives selected, the total amount of dive time in these dives, as well as the
+minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration, water temperature and
+surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the shallowest and
+deepest dives of those selected.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">6.4. The <strong>Dive Profile</strong></h3>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Typical dive profile" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Of all the panels in <em>Subsurface</em>, the Dive Profile contains the most
+detailed information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a <strong>button bar</strong> on
+the left hand side that allows control over several display options. The
+functions of these buttons are described below. The main item in the Dive
+Profile is the graph of dive depth as a function of time. In addition to the
+obvious information of the depth it also shows the ascent and descent rates
+compared to the recommended speed of going up or down in the water
+column. This information is given using different colours:</p></div>
+<div class="tableblock">
+<table rules="all"
+width="100%"
+frame="border"
+cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
+<col width="33%" />
+<col width="33%" />
+<col width="33%" />
+<tbody>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Couleur</strong></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de descente (m/min)</strong></p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de remontée (m/min)</strong></p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Rouge</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 18</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Orange</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Jaune</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert clair</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td>
+</tr>
+<tr>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert foncé</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the
+graph. Thus, users should see the depth of the deepest point and other
+peaks. Mean depth is marked with a horizontal red line.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the <strong>Dive
+Profile</strong> panel. Clicking the <strong>Scale</strong> button in the toolbar on the left of
+the dive profile frequently increases the size of the dive profile to fill
+the area of the panel efficiently.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Water temperature</strong> is displayed with its own blue line with temperature values
+placed adjacent to significant changes.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile can include graphs of the <strong>partial pressures</strong> of O2, N2,
+and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and dive
+computer reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or repetitive
+dives). Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green, those of
+nitrogen in black, and those of helium in dark red. These partial pressure
+graphs are shown below the profile data.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>oxygen</strong>
+during the dive. This is depicted below the dive depth and water temperature
+graphs.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>nitrogen</strong>
+during the dive.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>helium</strong>
+during the dive. This is only of importance to divers using Trimix,
+Helitrox or similar breathing gasses.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>air consumption</strong> graph displays the tank pressure and its change during
+the dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when
+manually entering the start and end pressures the graph is not a straight
+line. Similarly to the depth graph the slope of the tank pressure gives the
+user information about the momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when
+using an air integrated dive computer. Here the colour coding is not
+relative to some absolute values but relative to the average normalised air
+consumption during the dive. So areas that are red or orange indicate times
+of increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times when
+the diver was using less gas than average.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking on the heart rate button will allow the display of heart rate
+information during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart
+rate sensor.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>It is possible to <strong>zoom</strong> into the profile graph. This is done either by using
+the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of your mouse or trackpad. By default
+<em>Subsurface</em> always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30 minutes
+and 30m
+ (100ft) – this way short or shallow dives are intuitively recognizable;
+something
+that free divers clearly won’t care about.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="FIGURE: Measuring Bar" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Measurements of <strong>depth or time differences</strong> can be achieved by using the
+<strong>ruler button</strong> on the left of the dive profile panel. The measurement is
+done by dragging the red dots to the two points on the dive profile that the
+user wishes to measure. Information is then given in the horizontal white
+area underneath the two red dots.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile by
+selecting the <strong>Show-photo</strong> button. The position of a photo on the profile
+indicates the exact time when this photo was taken. If this button is not
+active, the photos are hidden.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile can also include the dive computer reported <strong>ceiling</strong> (more
+precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each
+particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent
+ceilings arise when a direct ascent to the surface increases the risk of a
+diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary to
+either ascend slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to
+the surface. Not all dive computers record this information and make it
+available for download; for example all of the Suunto dive computers fail to
+make this very useful data available to divelog software. <em>Subsurface</em> also
+calculates ceilings independently, shown as a green overlay on the dive
+profile. Because of the differences in algorithms used and amount of data
+available (and other factors taken into consideration at the time of the
+calculation) it is unlikely that ceilings from dive computers and from
+<em>Subsurface</em> are the same, even if the same algorithm and <em>gradient factors</em>
+(see below) are used. It is also quite common that <em>Subsurface</em> calculates
+a ceiling for non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in
+non-deco mode during the whole dive (represented by the <span class="green">dark green</span>
+section in the profile at the beginning of this section). This is caused by
+the fact that <em>Subsurface’s</em> calculations describe the deco obligation at
+each moment during a dive, while dive computers usually take the upcoming
+ascent into account. During the ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly
+helium) are already breathed off so even though the diver technically
+encountered a ceiling at depth, the dive still does not require an explicit
+deco stop. This feature allows dive computers to offer longer non-stop
+bottom times.</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to
+<em>Subsurface</em> during upload of dives, this can be shown as a red area by
+checking <strong>Dive computer reported ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">If the <strong>Calculated ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a
+ceiling, calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>, is shown in green if it exists for a
+particular dive (<strong>A</strong> in figure below). This setting can be modified in two
+ways:</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>show all tissues</strong> button on the Profile Panel is
+clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue compartments following the
+Bühlmann model (<strong>B</strong> in figure below).</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>3m increments</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked,
+then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments (<strong>C</strong> in figure below).</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be
+represented as a coloured bar at the bottom of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. In
+general oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen with a yellow bar and
+helium with a red bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a
+trimix cylinder (red and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder
+(yellow and green) after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light
+blue bar.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Cylinder use graph" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/tissues.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Display inert gas tissue pressures relative to ambient inert gas pressure
+(horizontal grey line). Tissue pressures are calculated using the Bühlmann
+ZH-L16 algorithm and are displayed as lines ranging from green (faster
+tissues) to blue (slower tissues). The black line, graphed above the
+ambient pressure, is the maximum allowable tissue supersaturation (pressure
+limit) derived from the gradient factors specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong>. For
+divers involved in planned decompression diving, efficient rates of
+offgasing are obtained with tissue pressures between the ambient inert gas
+pressure (grey line) and the pressure limit (black line). This display is a
+representation of the tissue pressures during the whole dive. In contast,
+the <a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure Graph</a> in the <strong>Information Box</strong>
+on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> is an instantaneous reflection of tissue pressures at
+the moment in time reflected by the position of the cursor on the dive
+profile.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/tissuesGraph.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure graph" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their
+depths. For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on
+<a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>. The currently
+used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if
+the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated. <strong>N.B.:</strong> The indicated
+gradient factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer,
+but those used by <em>Subsurface</em> to calculate deco obligations during the
+dive. For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_the_dive_profile_context_menu">6.5. The Dive Profile context menu</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while
+the mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu allows the
+creation of Bookmarks or Gas Change Event markers or manual CCR set-point
+changes other than the ones that might have been imported from a Dive
+Computer. Markers are placed against the depth profile line and with the
+time of the event set by where the mouse cursor was when the right mouse
+button was initially clicked to bring up the menu. Gas Change events involve
+a selection of which gas is being switched to, the list of choices being
+based on the available gases defined in the Equipment Tab. Set-point change
+events open a dialog allowing to choose the next set-point value. As in the
+planner, a set-point value of zero indicates the diver is breathing from an
+open circuit system while any non-zero value indicates the use of a closed
+circuit rebreather (CCR). By right-clicking while over an existing marker a
+menu appears, adding options to allow deletion of the marker or to allow all
+markers of that type to be hidden. Hidden events can be restored to view by
+selecting Unhide all events from the context menu.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_InfoBox">6.6. The <strong>Information Box</strong></h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The Information box displays a large range of information pertaining to the
+dive profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the
+<strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. If the mouse points outside of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
+panel, then only the top line of the Information Box is visible (see
+left-hand part of figure (<strong>A</strong>) below). The Information Box can be moved
+around in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so
+that it is not obstructing important detail. The position of the Information
+Box is saved and used again during subsequent dive analyses.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figure: Information Box" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The moment the mouse points inside the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, the information
+box expands and shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect
+the time point along the dive profile indicated by the mouse cursor (see
+right-hand part of figure (<strong>B</strong>) above where the Information Box reflects the
+situation at the position of the cursor [arrow] in that image). Therefore,
+moving the cursor in the horizontal direction allows the Information Box to
+show information for any point along the dive profile. In this mode, the
+Information Box gives extensive statistics about depth, gas and ceiling
+characteristics of the particular dive. These include: Time period into the
+dive (indicated by a @), depth, cylinder pressure (P), temperature,
+ascent/descent rate, surface air consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure,
+maximum operating depth, equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic
+depth (END), equivalent air density depth (EADD), decompression requirements
+at that instant in time (Deco), time to surface (TTS), the calculated
+ceiling, as well as the calculated ceiling for several Bühlmann tissue
+compartments.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The user has control over the display of several statistics, represented as
+four buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:</p></div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Maximum
+Operating Depth (MOD)</strong> of the dive, given the gas mixture used. MOD is
+dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas. For air (21%
+oxygen) it is around 57 m. Below the MOD there is a markedly increased risk
+of exposure to the dangers associated with oxygen toxicity.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>No-deco
+Limit (NDL)</strong> or the <strong>Total Time to Surface (TTS)</strong>. NDL is the time duration
+that a diver can continue with a dive, given the present depth, that does
+not require decompression (that is, before an ascent ceiling appears). Once
+one has exceeded the NDL and decompression is required (that is, there is an
+ascent ceiling above the diver, then TTS gives the number of minutes
+required before the diver can surface. TTS includes ascent time as well as
+decompression time.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Surface Air
+Consumption (SAC)</strong>. SAC is an indication of the surface-normalised
+respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC is less than the real
+respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at a rate roughly
+double that of the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives an indication
+of breathing gas consumption rate independent of the depth of the dive so
+that the respiratory rates of different dives can be compared. The units for
+SAC is litres/min or cub ft/min.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Clicking this button displays the <strong>Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)</strong> for nitrox
+dives as well as the <strong>Equivalent Narcotic Depth (END)</strong> for trimix
+dives. These are numbers of importance to divers who use breathing gases
+other than air. Their values are dependent on the composition of the
+breathing gas. The EAD is the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the
+same partial pressure of nitrogen as the current depth of the nitrox dive at
+hand. A nitrox dive leads to the same decompression obligation as an air
+dive to the depth equalling the EAD. The END is the depth of a hypothetical
+air dive that has the same sum of partial pressures of the narcotic gases
+nitrogen and oxygen as the current trimix dive. A trimix diver can expect
+the same narcotic effect as a diver breathing air diving at a depth
+equalling the END.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Figure (<strong>B</strong>) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of
+data.</p></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">6.6.1. The Gas Pressure Bar Graph</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>On the left of the <strong>Information Box</strong> is a vertical bar graph indicating the
+pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if
+applicable) that the diver was inhaling <em>at a particular instant during the
+dive</em>, indicated by the position of the cursor on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The
+drawing on the left below indicates the meaning of the different parts of
+the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the
+ light green area indicating the total gas pressure inhaled by the diver and
+ measured from the bottom of the graph to the top of the light green
+ area. This pressure has a <em>relative</em> value in the graph and does not
+ indicate absolute pressure.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the
+ equilibrium pressure of the inert gases inhaled by the diver, usually
+ nitrogen. In the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium
+ combined. In this example, the user is diving with EAN32, so the inert gas
+ pressure is 68% of the distance from the bottom of the graph to the total
+ gas pressure value.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of
+ inert gas in each of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann
+ algorithm, the fast tissues being on the left hand side.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to
+ the depth of the diver at the particular point on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The
+ appropriate gradient factor is an interpolation between the FGLow and GFHigh
+ values specified in the Graph tab of the <strong>Preferences Panel</strong> of
+ <strong>Subsurface</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived
+ M-value, that is the pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation
+ is expected to be severe, resulting in decompression sickness.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>These five values are indicated on the left in the graph above. The way the
+Gas Pressure Bar Graph changes during a dive is indicated on the right hand
+side of the above figure for a diver using EAN32.</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Graph <strong>A</strong> indicates the situation at the start of a dive with diver at the
+ surface. The pressures in all the tissue compartments are still at the
+ equilibrium pressure because no diving has taken place.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Graph <strong>B</strong> indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the
+ tissue compartments have had time to respond to the descent, their gas
+ pressures being far below the equilibrium gas pressure.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Graph <strong>C</strong> represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast
+ compartments have attained equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the hight of
+ the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The slower compartments
+ (towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of
+ slowly increasing in pressure.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Graph <strong>D</strong> shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since,
+ during ascent, the total inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4
+ bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue compartments now
+ exceed that of the total gas pressure and approaches the gradient factor
+ value (i.e. the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in
+ exceeding the gradient factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Graph <strong>E</strong> indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10
+ minutes. The fast compartments have decreased in pressure. As expected, the
+ pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much. The pressures in
+ the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the
+ diver is safer than in the situation indicated in graph <strong>D</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_organising_the_logbook_manipulating_groups_of_dives">7. Organising the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_the_dive_list_context_menu">7.1. The Dive List context menu</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Many actions within <em>Subsurface</em> are dependent on a context menu used mostly
+to manipulate groups of dives. The context menu is found by selecting a dive
+or a group of dives and then right-clicking.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Figure: Context Menu" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu is used in many manipulations described below.</p></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_customising_the_information_showed_in_the_strong_dive_list_strong_panel">7.1.1. Customising the information showed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel</h4>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Example: Dive list info options" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The default information in the <strong>Dive List</strong> includes, for each dive,
+Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, Dive_duration and Dive_location. This
+information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the header
+bar of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. For instance, a right-click on the <em>Date</em> header
+brings up a list of items that can be shown in the dive list (see
+above). Select an item to be shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> or to be deleted from
+the dive list, and the list is immediately updated accordingly. Preferences
+for information shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> is saved and used when <em>Subsurface</em>
+is re-opened.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_selecting_dives_from_a_particular_dive_site">7.1.2. Selecting dives from a particular dive site</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers have long dive lists and it may be difficult to locate all the
+dives at a particular site. By pressing <em>Ctl-F</em> on the keyboard, a text box
+is opened at the top left hand of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Type the name of a dive
+site in this text box and the <strong>Dive List</strong> is immediately filtered to show
+only the dives for that site.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_Renumber">7.2. Renumbering the dives</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low
+sequence numbers) to recent dives (having the highest sequence numbers). The
+numbering of the dives is not always consistent. For instance, when
+non-recent dives are added to the dive list the numbering does not
+automatically follow on because of the dives that are more recent in
+date/time than the newly-added dive with an older date/time. Therefore, one
+may sometimes need to renumber the dives. This is performed by selecting
+(from the Main Menu) <em>Log → Renumber</em>. Users are given a choice with
+respect to the lowest sequence number to be used. Completing this operation
+results in new sequence numbers (based on date/time) for the dives in the
+<strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_Group">7.3. Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. <em>Subsurface</em>
+can group dives into <em>trips</em>. It performs this by grouping dives that have
+date/times that are not separated in time by more than two days, thus
+creating a single heading for each diving trip represented in the dive
+log. Below is an ungrouped dive list (<strong>A</strong>, on the left) as well as the
+corresponding grouped dive list comprising five dive trips (<strong>B</strong>, on the
+right):</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Figure: Grouping dives" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without
+having to scan a long lists of dives. In order to group the dives in a dive
+list, (from the Main Menu) users must select <em>Log → Autogroup</em>. The <strong>Dive
+List</strong> panel now shows only the titles for the trips.</p></div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_editing_the_title_and_associated_information_for_a_particular_trip">7.3.1. Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip
+title. More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip
+title from the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This shows a <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab in the <strong>Dive
+Notes</strong> panel. Here users can add or edit information about the date/time,
+the trip location and any other general comments about the trip as a whole
+(e.g. the dive company that was dived with, the general weather and surface
+conditions during the trip, etc.). After entering this information, users
+should select <strong>Save</strong> from the buttons at the top right of the <strong>Trip Notes</strong>
+tab. The trip title in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel should now reflect some of the
+edited information.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_viewing_the_dives_during_a_particular_trip">7.3.2. Viewing the dives during a particular trip</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dives have been grouped into trips, users can expand one or more
+trips by clicking the arrow-head on the left of each trip title. This
+expands the selected trip, revealing the individual dives performed during
+the trip.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_collapsing_or_expanding_dive_information_for_different_trips">7.3.3. Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a user right-clicks after selecting a particular trip in the dive list,
+the resulting context menu allows several possibilities to expand or
+collapse dives within trips. This includes expanding all trips, collapsing
+all trips and collapsing all trips except the selected one.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_merging_dives_from_more_than_one_trip_into_a_single_trip">7.3.4. Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>By right-clicking on a selected trip title in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel, a
+context menu shows up that allows the merging of trips by either merging of
+the selected trip with the trip below or with the trip above.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_splitting_a_single_trip_into_more_than_one_trip">7.3.5. Splitting a single trip into more than one trip</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a trip includes five dives, the user can split this trip into two trips
+(trip 1: top 3 dives; trip 2: bottom 2 dives) by selecting and
+right-clicking the top three dives. The resulting context menu allows the
+user to create a new trip by choosing the option <strong>Create new trip
+above</strong>. The top three dives are then grouped into a separate trip. The
+figures below shows the selection and context menu on the left (A) and the
+completed action on the right (B):</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_manipulating_single_dives">7.4. Manipulating single dives</h3>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_delete_a_dive_from_the_dive_log">7.4.1. Delete a dive from the dive log</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and
+right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, and then selecting <strong>Delete
+dive(s)</strong>. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete
+workshop calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short
+duration.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_unlink_a_dive_from_a_trip">7.4.2. Unlink a dive from a trip</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Users can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. In order to do
+this, select and right-click the relevant dives to bring up the context
+menu. Then select the option <strong>Remove dive(s) from trip</strong>. The dive(s) now
+appear immediately above the trip to which they belonged.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_add_a_dive_to_the_trip_immediately_above">7.4.3. Add a dive to the trip immediately above</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed
+within the trip immediately above the currently active trip. To do this,
+select and right-click the dive(s) to bring up the context menu, and then
+select <strong>Add dive(s) to trip immediately above</strong>.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_shift_the_start_time_of_dive_s">7.4.4. Shift the start time of dive(s)</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes it is necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply
+to situations where dives are performed in different time zones or when the
+dive computer has an erroneous time. In order to do this, user must select
+and right-click the dive(s) to be adjusted. This action brings up the
+context menu on which the <strong>Shift times</strong> option should be selected. User must
+then specify the time (in hours and minutes) by which the dives should be
+adjusted and click on the option indicating whether the time adjustment
+should be forwards or backwards.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect3">
+<h4 id="_merge_dives_into_a_single_dive">7.4.5. Merge dives into a single dive</h4>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, e.g. if a diver returns to the
+surface for a few minutes, resulting in two or more dives being recorded by
+the dive computer and appearing as different dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
+panel. Users can merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the
+appropriate dives, right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then
+selecting <strong>Merge selected dives</strong>. It may be necessary to edit the dive
+information in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> panel to reflect events or conditions that
+apply to the merged dive. The figure below shows the depth profile of two
+such dives that were merged:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Example: Merged dive" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_Filter">7.5. Filtering the dive list</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel can be filtered, that is, one can select
+only some of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site,
+dive master, buddy or protective clothing. For instance, filtering allows
+one to list the deep dives at a particular dive site, or otherwise the cave
+dives with a particular buddy.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To open the filter, select <em>Log → Filter divelist</em> from the main menu. This
+opens the <em>Filter Panel</em> at the top of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Three icons
+are located at the top right hand of the filter panel. The <em>Filter Panel</em>
+can be reset (i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting the <strong>+</strong>. The
+<em>Filter Panel</em> may also be minimised by selecting the middle icon. When
+minimised, only these three icons are shown. The panel can be maximised by
+clicking the icon that minimised the panel. The filter may also be reset and
+closed by selecting the button with the flag. An example of the <em>Filter
+Panel</em> is shown in the figure below.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figure: Filter panel" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person
+(buddy / dive master), dive site and dive suit, each of which is represented
+by a check list with check boxes. Above each check list is a second-level
+filter tool, allowing the listing of only some of the attributes within that
+check list. For instance, typing "<em>ca</em>" in the filter textbox above the tags
+check list results in the tags check list being reduced to "<em>cave</em>" and
+"<em>cavern</em>". Filtering of the check list enables the rapid finding of search
+terms for filtering the dive list.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To activate filtering of the dive list, the check box of at least one item
+in one of the four check lists needs to be checked. The dive list is then
+shortened to include only the dives that pertain to the selection criteria
+specified in the check lists. The four check lists work as a filter with
+<em>AND</em> operators, Subsurface filters therefore for <em>cave</em> as a tag AND <em>Joe
+Smith</em> as a buddy; but the filters within a category are inclusive -
+filtering for <em>cave</em> and <em>boat</em> shows those dives that have either one or
+both of these tags.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_ExportLog">8. Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two routes for the export of dive information from Subsurface:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Exporter les informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Export_other">Exporter des informations de plongée vers d’autres
+ destinations ou formats</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_facebook">8.1. Export des informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em></h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>L’export des plongées vers <em>Facebook</em> est géré différemment des autres types
+d’export. Cela est du au fait que l’export vers <em>Facebook</em> nécessite une
+connexion vers <em>Facebook</em>, nécessitant un identifiant et un mot de passe. À
+partir du menu principal, si vous sélectionnez <em>Fichier → Préférences →
+Facebook</em>, un écran de connexion est présenté (voir l’image <strong>A</strong> sur la
+gauche, ci dessous). Entrez vos identifiant et mot de passe <em>Facebook</em>. Une
+fois connecté à <em>Facebook</em>, le panneau de l’image <strong>B</strong> ci dessous est
+présenté. Ce panneau a un bouton qui doit être sélectionné pour fermer la
+connexion <em>Facebook</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/facebook1_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Having established a login to <em>Facebook</em>, transfer of a dive profile to
+one’s <em>Facebook</em> timeline is easy. A <em>Facebook</em> icon appears in the <strong>Dive
+Notes</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em> (See image <strong>A</strong> below). Ensure that the dive
+that you want to transfer to the timeline is depicted in the <em>Subsurface</em>
+<strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. Select the <em>Facebook</em> icon, and a dialogue is shown,
+determining the amount of additional information transferred with the dive
+profile (see image <strong>B</strong>, below). In order to transfer a dive profile to
+<em>Facebook</em>, the name of a <em>Facebook</em> album needs to be provided. The
+checkboxes on the lefthand side allow one to determine how much additional
+information should be transferred with the dive profile. This information is
+shown in the text box on the right hand side of the panel (see image <strong>B</strong>,
+below). You can easily edit the message that will be posted right there in
+the text box. Having specified the additional information and verified the
+text you want to post, select the <em>OK</em> button which triggers the transfer to
+<em>Facebook</em>. After a while, an acknowledgement dialogue appears, indicating
+successful transfer to <em>Facebook</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Both the Album created and the post to your time line will be marked as
+private. In order for friends to be able to see the post you have to change
+its permissions from a regular Facebook login either in a browser or a
+Facebook app. While this is an extra step the developers felt that this was
+the better solution to avoid having unwanted posts in your public timeline.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/facebook2_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If required, then close the <em>Facebook</em> connection by either closing
+<em>Subsurface</em> or by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Facebook</em> from the Main
+Menu, and clicking the appropriate button on the Facebook Preferences panel.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_Export_other">8.2. Export dive information to other destinations or formats</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For non-<em>Facebook exports</em>, the export function can be reached by selecting
+<em>File → Export</em>, which brings up the Export dialog. This dialog always
+gives two options: save ALL dives, or save only the dives selected in <strong>Dive
+List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>. Click the appropriate radio button (see images
+below).</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Export_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Export dialog" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>A dive log or part of it can be saved in three formats:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Subsurface XML</em> format. This is the native format used by <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> for more
+ information. UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many
+ dive computers and computer programs.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Divelogs.de</em>, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to
+ <em>Divelogs.de</em>, one needs a user-ID as well as a password for
+ <em>Divelogs.de</em>. Log into <em>http://en.divelogs.de</em> and subscribe to this
+ service in order to upload dive log data from <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>DiveShare</em> is also a dive log repostory on the Internet focusing on the
+ recreational dives. In order to upload dives one has to provide a used ID,
+ so registration with <em>http://scubadiveshare.com</em> is required.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>CSV dive details</em>, that includes the most critical information of the dive
+ profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy,
+ duration, depth, temperature and pressure: in short, most of the information
+ that recreational divers enter into handwritten log books.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>CSV dive profile</em>, that includes a large amount of detail for each dive,
+ including the depth profile, temperature and pressure information of each
+ dive.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>HTML</em> format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable with
+ an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript
+ must be enabled. This HTML file is not intended to be edited by the users.
+ The HTML dive log contains most of the information and also contains a
+ search option to search the dive log. HTML export is specified on the second
+ tab of the Export dialog (image <strong>B</strong> above). A typical use of this option is
+ to export all one’s dives to a smartphone or a tablet where it would serve
+ as a very portable record of dives useful for dive companies that wish to
+ verify the dive history of a diver. This does away with the need to carry
+ one’s original logbook with one when doing dives with dive companies.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Worldmap</em> format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and
+ some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. However,
+ if one selects any of the dive sites on the map, a summary of the dive is
+ available in text, as shown in the image below.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/mapview_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: HTML Map export view" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Image depths</em>, which creates a text file that contains the file names of
+ all photos or images attached to any of the selected dives in the <em>Dive
+ List</em>, together with the depth under water where of each of those photos
+ were taken.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>General Settings</em>, under the HTML tab, provides the following options:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the
+ numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered
+ starting from 1.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will
+ be attached with the HTML exports.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Export List only: a list of dives will only be exported and the detailed dive
+ information will not be available.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Under <em>Style Options</em> some style-related options are available like font
+ size and theme.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Export to other formats can be achieved through third party facilities, for
+instance <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">9. Keeping a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log in the Cloud</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a
+record of diving activities for one’s own pleasure, but it is important
+information required for admission to further training courses or
+(sometimes) even diving sites. The security of the dive log is therefore
+critical. In order to have a dive log that is resistant to failure of a home
+computer hard drive, loss or theft of equipment, the Cloud is an obvious
+solution. This also has the added benefit that one can access one’s dive log
+from anywhere in the world without having to carry it with oneself. For this
+reason, facilities such as <em>divelogs.de</em> and <em>Diving Log</em> offer facilities
+to store dive log information on the Internet. Although <em>Subsurface</em> does
+not offer integrated Cloud storage of dive logs, it is simple to achieve
+this using several of the existing facilities on the Internet.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For instance <a href="http://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a> offers a free application
+that allows files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on
+one’s desktop computer.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dropbox folder" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Dropbox</em> program creates a copy of the <em>Dropbox</em> Internet Cloud content
+on one’s desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet,
+the Internet content is automatically updated. Therefore both the <em>Open</em> and
+<em>Save</em> of dive logs are done using the local copy of the dive log in the
+local <em>Dropbox</em> folder, so there’s no need for a direct internet
+connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive, the remote
+copy in the <em>Dropbox</em> server in the Cloud will be automatically updated
+whenever Internet access is available.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>In this way a dive log in one’s <em>Dropbox</em> folder can be accessed seamlessly
+from the Internet and can be accessed from any place with Internet
+access. Currently there are no costs involved for this service. Dropbox
+(Windows, Mac and Linux) can be installed by accessing the
+<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/install"><em>Install Page on the Dropbox website</em></a>
+Alternatively one can use <em>Dropbox</em> as a mechanism to backup one’s dive
+log. To Store a dive log in the Cloud, select <em>File → Save as</em> from the
+<em>Subsurface</em> main menu, navigate to the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the
+<em>Save</em> button. To access the dive log in the Cloud, select <em>File → Open
+Logbook</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em> main menu and navigate to the dive log file
+in the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the
+same process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">10. Printing a dive log</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a simple interface to print a whole dive log or only a
+few selected dives, including dive profiles and other contextual
+information.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Before printing, two decisions are required:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part of the
+ dive log is required, then the user must select the required dives from the
+ <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+What gas partial pressure information is required on the dive profile? Users
+ should select the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to the left
+ of the Dive Profile panel.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Now the print options should be selected to match the user’s needs. To do
+this, user should select <em>File → Print</em> from the Main menu. The following
+dialogue appears (see the image on the left [A], below).</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/PrintDiveLog.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Under <em>Print type</em> users need to select one of three options:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Print the complete Dive List: to do this, <em>Table Print</em> should be selected.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Print the selected dives (dive profiles and all other information) at 6
+ dives per printed page: to do this, users should select <em>6 dives per page</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Print the selected dives (dive profiles and all other information) at 2
+ dives per printed page: to do this, users should select <em>2 dives per page</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Print the selected dives (dive profiles and all other information) at 1 dive
+ per printed page: to do this, users should select <em>1 dive per page</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Under <em>Print options</em> users need to select:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Printing only the dives that have been selected from the dive list prior to
+ activating the print dialogue, achieved by checking the box <em>Print only
+ selected dives</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Printing in colour, achieved by checking the box with <em>Print in colour</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Ordering</em> affects the layout of the page (or part of it) for each
+dive. The dive profile could be printed at the top of each dive, with the
+textual information underneath, or it could be printed with the textual
+information at the top with the dive profile underneath. Users should select
+the appropriate option in the print dialogue. See the image below which has
+a layout with text below the dive profile.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Users can <em>Preview</em> the printed page by selecting the <em>Preview</em> button on
+the dialogue. After preview, changes to the options in the print dialogue
+can be made, resulting in a layout that fits personal taste.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, select the <em>Print</em> button in the dialogue. This activates the regular
+print dialogue used by the user operating system (image [<strong>B</strong>] in the middle,
+above), allowing them to choose a printer and to set its properties (image
+[<strong>C</strong>] on the right, above). It is important to set the print resolution of
+the printer to an appropriate value by changing the printer
+properties. Finally, one can print the dives. Below is a (rather small)
+example of the output for one particular page.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print preview page" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_Configure">11. Configurer un ordinateur de plongée</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> permet de configurer son ordinateur de plongée. Actuellement,
+les familles d’ordinateurs supportés sont Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3)
+et Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, Vyper, Vytec, Cobra, Gekko et
+Zoop). De nombreux paramètres de ces ordinateurs de plongée peuvent être
+lues et modifiées. La première étape est de s’assurer que les pilotes pour
+votre ordinateur de plongée sont installés et que le nom de périphérique de
+l’ordinateur de plongée est connu. Voir
+<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">APPENDIX A</a> pour plus d’informations sur la manière de procéder.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois que l’ordinateur de plongée est connecté à <em>Subsurface</em>,
+sélectionner <em>Fichier → Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em>, à partir du
+menu principal. Fournir le nom du périphérique dans le champ en haut du
+panneau de configuration qui ouvre et sélectionne le bon modèle d’ordinateur
+de plongée à partir du panneau à gauche (voir l’image ci-dessous).</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Configure dive computer" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>En utilisant les boutons appropriés du panneau de configuration, les actions
+suivantes peuvent être réalisées :</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Récupérer les détails disponibles</strong>. Cela charge la configuration existante à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée
+ dans <em>Subsurface</em>, en l’affichant dans le panneau de configuration.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Enregistrer les modifications sur le périphérique</strong>. Cela change la configuration de l’ordinateur
+ de plongée pour correspondre aux informations affichées dans le panneau de configuration.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Sauvegarder</strong>. Cela enregistre la configuration dans un fichier. <em>Subsurface</em> demande
+ l’emplacement et le nom du fichier pour enregistrer les informations.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Restaurer une sauvegarde</strong>. Cela charge les informations à partir d’un fichier de sauvegarde et l’affiche
+ dans le panneau de configuration.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Mettre à jour le firmware</strong>. Si un nouveau firmware est disponible pour l’ordinateur de plongée,
+ il sera chargé dans l’ordinateur de plongée.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_Preferences">12. Setting user <em>Preferences</em> for <em>Subsurface</em></h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings within <em>Subsurface</em> that the user can
+specify. These are found when selecting <em>File → Preferences</em>. The settings
+are performed in five groups: <strong>Defaults</strong>, <strong>Units</strong>, <strong>Graph</strong>, <strong>Language</strong> and
+<strong>Network</strong>. All five sections operate on the same principles: the user must
+specify the settings that are to be changed, then these changes are saved
+using the <strong>Apply</strong> button. After applying all the new settings users can then
+leave the settings panel by selecting <strong>OK</strong>.</p></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_defaults">12.1. Defaults</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings in the <strong>Defaults</strong> panel:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Pref1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences defaults page" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Lists and tables</strong>: Here one can specify the font type and font size of the
+ <strong>Dive Table</strong> panel. By decreasing the font size of the <strong>Dive Table</strong>, users can see more dives on a screen.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Dives</strong>: For the <em>Default Dive File</em> one need to specify the directory and
+ file name of one’s
+ electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension .xml. When
+ launched, <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically load the specified dive log book.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Display invalid</strong>: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide
+ dives that he/she don’t consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to
+ keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in
+ the dive list.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Default cylinder</strong>: Here users can specify the default cylinder listed in
+ the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> panel.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Animations</strong>: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using
+ animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to
+ dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not
+ happen instantaneously, but are animated. The <em>Speed</em> of animations can be controlled
+ by setting this slider
+ with faster animation speed to the left, with a 0 value representing no animation
+ at all.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Subsurface web service</strong>: When one subscribes to the <a href="#S_Companion">Subsurface web service</a>, a very
+ long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By
+ checking the option <em>Save User ID locally?</em>, one ensures that a local copy of that userID
+ is saved.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Clear all settings</strong>: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are
+ cleared and set to default values.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_units">12.2. Units</h3>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Pref2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Units page" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Here user can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure,
+volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio
+button at the top, users can specify that all units are in the chosen
+measurement system. Alternatively, if one selects the <strong>Personalise</strong> radio
+button, units can be selected independently, with some units in the metric
+system and others in imperial.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_graph">12.3. Graph</h3>
+<div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Pref3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Graph page" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p>This panel allows two type of selections:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Show</strong>: Here users can specify the amount of information shown as part of
+the dive profile:
+<strong>* Thresholds: <em>Subsurface</em> can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium partial pressures during
+ the dive. These are enabled using the toolbar on the left hand side of the *Dive Profile</strong>
+ panel. For each of these graphs users can specify a threshold value on the right-hand side of the
+ Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above this threshold level, the graph is
+ highlighted in red, indicating that the threshold has been exceeded.</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Draw dive computer reported ceiling red</em>: This checkbox allows exactly what it says.
+ Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ
+ from the ceilings calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>. This is because of the different algorithms and gradient factors available for calculating ceilings, as well as the dynamic way that a
+ dive computer can calculate ceilings during a dive.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab</em>: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong>. Conversely, if this box is not checked, and any cylinders entered using the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong> are not used (e.g. there was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Show average depth</em>: Activating this checkbox causes <em>Subsurface</em> to draw a red line across
+ the dive profile, indicating the mean depth of the dive.
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Misc</strong>:
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Gradient Factors:* Here users can set the <em>gradient factors</em> used while diving. GF_Low is
+ the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used just below the surface.
+ At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used.
+ Gradient factors add conservatism to the nitrogen exposure during a dive, in a
+ similar way that many dive computers have a conservatism setting. The lower
+ the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with
+ respect to nitrogen loading and the deeper the ascent ceilings are. Gradient
+ factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 60/90 are considered
+ harsh. Checking <strong>GFLow at max depth</strong> box causes GF_Low to be used at the
+ deepest depth of a dive. If this box is not checked, GF_Low is applied at
+ all depths deeper than the first deco stop. For more information see:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>CCR: Show setpoints when viewing pO2:</em> With this checkbox ativated, the pO<sub>2</sub>
+ graph on the dive profile has an overlay in red which inticates the CCR setpoint
+ values. See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>CCR: Show individual O<sub>2</sub> sensor values when viewing pO<sub>2</sub>:</em> Show the pO<sub>2</sub>
+ values associated with each of the individual oxygen sensors of a CCR system.
+ See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Configuring dive planning using rebreather equipment:</strong>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Default CCR setpoint for dive planning:</em> Specify the O<sub>2</sub> setpoint for a
+ CCR dive plan. This determines the pO<sub>2</sub> that will be maintained
+ during a particular dive. This is the setpoint that is used at the start
+ of any CCR dive. Setpoint changes during the dive can be added via the
+ profile context menu.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>pSCR O<sub>2</sub> metabolism rate:</em> For a semiclosed rebreather (pSCR) system, this is the
+ volume of oxygen used by a diver each minute. Set this value for pSCR dive planning
+ and decompression calculations.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>pSCR ratio:</em> For pSCR equipment the dump ratio is the ratio of gas released to the
+ environment to that of the gas recirculated to the diver. Set this value for a
+ pSCR dive plan.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_language">12.4. Language</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Choose a language that <em>Subsurface</em> will use.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Pref4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Language page" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>A checkbox allows one to use the <em>System Default</em> language which in most
+cases will be the correct setting; with this <em>Subsurface</em> simply runs in the
+same language / country settings as the underlying OS. If this is for some
+reason undesirable users can uncheck this checkbox and pick a language /
+country combination from the list of included localizations. The <em>Filter</em>
+text box allows one to list similar languages. For instance there are
+several system variants of English or French. This particular preference
+requires a restart of <em>Subsurface</em> to take effect.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_network">12.5. Network</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel facilitates communication between <em>Subsurface</em> and data sources
+on the Internet.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Pref5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Network page" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This is important, for instance, when <em>Subsurface</em> needs to communicate with
+Internet services such as the <a href="#S_Companion"><em>Subsurface Companion app</em></a> or
+data export/import from <em>Divelogs.de</em>. These Internet requirements are
+determined by one’s type of connection to the Internet and by the Internet
+Service Provider (ISP) used. One’s ISP should provide the appropriate
+information. If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the appropriate
+information needs to be provided here. The type of proxy needs to be
+selected from the dropdown list. after which the IP address of the host and
+the appropriate port number should be provided. If the proxy server uses
+authentication, the appropriate userID and password also needs to be
+provided so that <em>Subsurface</em> can automatically pass through the proxy
+server to access the Internet.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_facebook_accesss">12.6. Facebook Accesss</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel allows one to log into a Facebook account in order to transfer
+information from Subsurface to Facefook.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Pref6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If one provides a valid Facebook userID and password, a connection to
+Facebook is created. The connection to Facebook is closed when one closes
+down Subsurface. At this point the checkbox labelled "Keep connection to
+Subsurface", on the login screen has no effect. See the section
+<a href="#S_facebook">Exporting dive profiles to Facebook</a> for more information.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">13. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive planning is an advanced feature of <em>Subsurface</em>, accessible by
+selecting <em>Log → Plan Dive</em> from the main menu. It allows calculation of
+nitrogen load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the
+addition of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker.</p></div>
+<div class="sidebarblock">
+<div class="content">
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL and assumes the user
+is already familiar with the <em>Subsurface</em> user interface. It is explicitly
+used under the following conditions:</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to
+ perform dive planning.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The user plans dives within his/her certification limits.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the
+ <em>average person</em> and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health
+ or personal history or life style characteristics.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is
+ used.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The user is familiar with the user interface of <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should
+ not use this feature.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_planner_screen">13.1. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner screen</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Like the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log, the planner screen is divided into several
+sections (see image below). The <strong>setup</strong> parameters for a dive are entered
+into the several sections on the left hand side of the screen. The setup is
+divided into several sections: Available Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options
+and Dive Notes.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top right hand is a green <strong>design panel</strong> upon which the profile of
+the dive can be manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained
+below. This feature makes the <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner unique in ease of
+use.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of <em>Dive Plan
+Details</em>. This is where the details of the dive plan are provided in a way
+that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where any warning
+messages about the dive plan are printed.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive planner startup window" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_open_circuit_dives_as_an_example_of_dive_planning">13.2. Open circuit dives as an example of dive planning</h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Towards the left bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image below)
+ is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Open Circuit (the default)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+CCR
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+pSCR
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, ensure that the constant
+ dive parameters are appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the dive,
+ Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude above sea level of the dive site. The
+ atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude in metres, assuming
+ an atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+In the table labelled <em>Available Gases</em>, add the information of the
+ cylinders to be used as well as the gas composition within that
+ cylinder. This is done in a similar way as for <a href="#S_CylinderData">providing cylinder data for dive logs</a>. Choose the cylinder type by double clicking
+ the cylinder type and using the dropdown list, then specify the work
+ pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the oxygen concentration (O2%) filed
+ empty, the cylinder is assumed to contain air. Otherwise enter the oxygen
+ and/or helium concentration in the boxes provided in this dialogue. Add
+ additional cylinders by using the "+" icon to the top righthand of the
+ dialogue.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The dialogue indicating <em>Dive Planner Points</em> is usually not used at this
+ stage of the dive planning.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>The planning is performed in three stages</strong></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>a) Nitrogen management</strong>: This is performed by specifying the rates for descent and ascent,
+as well as the gradient factors (GFLow and GFHigh) under the headings <em>Rates</em> and <em>Planning</em>
+to the bottom left of the planning screen. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the <em>Preferences</em>
+panel of <em>Subsurface</em> is used. If these are changed within the planner (see <em>Gas Options</em> within
+the planner), the new values are
+used without changing the original values in the <em>Preferences</em>. Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths.
+A very low GFLow value brings about decompression stops early on during the dive.
+ ** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>.
+For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding
+ M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient
+ factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
+<a href="http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco
+for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10:
+1-905492-07-3. An excellent non-technical review.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive
+and is specified for several depth ranges, utilising the average (or mean)
+depth as a yardstick. The mean depth of the dive plan is indicated by a
+light grey line on the dive profile. Ascent rates at deeper levels are often
+in the range of 8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are often in
+the range of 4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option
+<em>Drop to first depth</em> is activated, then the descent phase of the planned
+dive will be at the maximal descent rate specified in the <em>Rates</em> section of
+the dive setup.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Oxygen management</strong>: In the <strong>Gas Options</strong> part of the dive specification, the maximum partial
+pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the
+bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom po2</em>) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (<em>deco po2</em>).
+The most commonly
+used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression
+stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. PO2 settings and the depth at which switching to a gas takes place can also be edited in the
+<em>Available Gases</em> dialog. Normally the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during
+ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has increased to 1.6 bar.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>c) Gas management</strong>: With open-circuit dives this is a primary consideration. One needs to keep within the limits of the amount of gas within the dive
+cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for a safe return to the surface, possibly
+sharing with a buddy. Under the <em>Gas Options</em> heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate
+of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in
+litres/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the
+bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom SAC</em>) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the
+dive (<em>deco SAC</em>). Values of 15-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a thumbsuck guess
+is not sufficient and one needs to
+monitor one’s gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment.
+The planner calculates the total volume of gas used during the dive and issues a warning
+if one exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that one does not dive to
+the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept for unforeseen circumstances.
+For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Now (at last) one can start the detailed time-depth planning of the
+dive. <em>Subsurface</em> offers a unique graphical interface for performing this
+part of the planning. The mechanics of doing this is similar to
+hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of <em>Subsurface</em>. Upon
+activating the planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for 40 min is offered
+in the bue design surface to the top right hand of the screen. The white
+dots (waypoints) on the profile can be dragged with a mouse. Create more
+waypoints by double-clicking on the profile line and ensuring that the
+profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to represent the
+depth and duration of the dive. It is NOt necessary to specify the ascent
+part of the dive since the planner calculates this, based on the settings
+that have been specified. If any of the management limits (for nitrogen,
+oxygen or gas) is exceeded, the surface above the dive profile changes from
+BLUE to RED.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a <em>Dive Planner Point</em> in the
+table on the left of the dive planner panel. Ensure that the <em>Used Gas</em>
+value in each row of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures
+specified in the <em>Available Gases</em> table. Add new waypoints until the main
+features of the dive have been completed, e.g. the bottom time segment and
+deep stops (if these are implemented). Leave the remaining waypoints on the
+ascent to <em>Subsurface</em>. In most cases <em>Subsurface</em> computes additional way
+points in order to fulfil decompression requirements for that dive. A
+waypoint can be moved by selecting that waypoint and by using the arrow
+keys. The waypoints listed in the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialogue can be
+edited by hand in order to obtain a precise presentation of the dive
+plan. In fact, one can create the whole dive profile by editing the <em>Dive
+Planner Points</em> dialog.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Indicate any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as
+explained in the section <a href="#S_CreateProfile">hand-creating a dive profile</a>. These changes should reflect the cylinders and gas compositions
+defined in the table with <em>Available Gases</em>. If two or more gases are used,
+automatic gas switches will be suggested during the ascent to the
+surface. However, these changes can be deleted by right-clicking the gas
+change and by manually creating a gas change by right-clicking on the
+appropriate waypoint.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>A non-zero value in the "CC set point" column of the table of dive planner
+points indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the
+segment is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last
+manually entered segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is
+computed assuming the diver uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the
+last segment (however short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero
+set-point) the decompression is computed in OC mode. The planner only
+considers gas changes in OC mode.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent
+using EAN50 and using the settings as described above.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the above has been completed, one can save it by clicking the <em>Save</em>
+button towards the top middle of the planner. The saved dive plan will
+appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>The dive plan details</strong></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>On the bottom right of the dive planner, under <em>Dive Plan Details</em>, the
+exact details of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified
+by checking any of the options under the <em>Dive Notes</em> section of the dive
+planner, immediately to the left of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. If a <em>Verbatim
+diveplan</em> is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive
+plan is given. If any of the management specifications have been exceeded
+during the planning, a warning message is printed underneath the dive plan
+information.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the option <em>Display segment duration</em> is checked, then the duration of
+each depth level is indicated in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This duration
+INCLUDES the transition time to get to that level. However, if the <em>Display
+transition in deco</em> option is checked, the transitions are shown separately
+from the segment durations at a particular level.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_planning_ccr_dives">13.3. Planning CCR dives</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a closed circuit rebreather, select the <em>CCR</em> option in
+the dropdown list, circled in blue in the image below.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Available gases</strong>: In the <em>Available gases</em> table, enter the cylinder information for the
+diluent cylinder and for any bail-out cylinders. Do NOT enter the information for the oxygen
+cylinder since it is implied when the <em>CCR</em> dropdown selection is made.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Entering setpoints</strong>: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em> from the main menu. All user-entered segments in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table
+use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments
+in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table. A zero setpoint
+means the diver bails out to open circuit mode for that segment. The decompression is always calculated
+using the setpoint of the last manually entered segment. So, to plan a bail out ascent for a
+CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of 0. The decompression
+algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but, of course, this is calculated for bail out ascents.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that, in the <em>Dive plan details</em>, the gas consumption for a CCR segment
+is not calculated, so gas consumptions of 0 litres are the norm.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_planning_pscr_dives">13.4. Planning pSCR dives</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select <em>pSCR</em> rather than
+<em>Open circuit</em> in the dropdown list.
+The parameters of the pSCR diver can be set by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>
+from the main menu, where the gas consumption calculation takes into account the pSCR dump
+ratio (default 10:1) as well as the metabolism rate. The calculation also takes the oxygen drop
+accross the mouthpiece of the rebreather into account. If the
+pO<sub>2</sub> drops below what is considered a save value, a warning apears in the <em>Dive plan
+details</em>. A typical pSCR configuration is with a single cylinder and one or more bail-out
+cylinders. Therefore the setup of the <em>Available gases</em> and the <em>Dive planner points</em> tables
+are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described above. However, no oxygen setpoints
+are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable
+to that of the CCR dive above, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen
+in the loop due to the oxygen drop accross the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup" />
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_Replan">13.5. Modifying an existing dive plan</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the <strong>Dive
+List</strong>, like any other dive log. Within the <strong>Dive List</strong> there is not a way to
+change a saved dive plan. To perform changes to a dive plan, select it on
+the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then, in the main menu, select <em>Log → Re-plan dive</em>. This
+will open the selected dive plan within the dive planner, allowing changes
+to be made and saved as usual.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>In addition there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original planned
+dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If that copy is
+saved with the same start time as the original, the two dives are considered
+two versions of the same dive and do not influence other each during
+decompression calculation (see next section).</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_planning_for_repetitive_dives">13.6. Planning for repetitive dives</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the
+repetitive dive set is specified appropriately in the top left-hand <em>Start
+Time</em> field. <em>Subsurface</em> calculates the gas loading figures correctly and
+the effect of the first dive is evaluated on later dives.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If one has just completed a long/deep dive and is planning another dive,
+then highlight, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive that has just been completed
+and then activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned
+dive, the planner takes into account the gas loading incurred during the
+completed dive and allows planning within these limitations.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a
+template dive can be created conforming to one of the configurations. If one
+now wishes to plan a dive using this configuration, just highlight the
+template dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and activate the planner: the planner takes
+into account the configuration in the highlighted dive.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_printing_the_dive_plan">13.7. Printing the dive plan</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Print</em> button in the planner allows printing of the <em>Dive
+Plan Details</em> for wet notes. Alternatively one can cut and paste the <em>Dive
+Plan Details</em> for inclusion in a text file or word processing document.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile,
+dive notes, etc). After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and
+gas calculations are saved in the <strong>Dive Notes</strong> tab. While a dive plan is
+being designed, it can be printed using the <em>Print</em> button in the dive
+planner. This prints the dive details and gas calculations in the <em>Dive Plan
+Details</em> panel of the dive planner. However, after the plan has been saved,
+it is represented in a way very similar to a dive log and the gas
+calculations cannot be accessed in the same way as during the planning
+process. The only way to print the dive plan is to use the <em>File → Print</em>
+facility on the main menu in the same way as for dive logs or by copy and
+paste to a word processor.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_description_des_éléments_du_menu_principal_de_subsurface">14. Description des éléments du menu principal de Subsurface</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Cette section décrit les fonctions et les opérations des éléments du menu
+principal de Subsurface. Plusieurs éléments ci-dessous sont des liens vers
+des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_fichier">14.1. Fichier</h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>Nouveau carnet de plongée</em></a> - Fermer le carnet de plongée
+ actuellement ouvert et supprime toutes les informations de plongées.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Ouvrir un carnet de plongée</em> - Cela ouvre une fenêtre pour sélectionner le
+ carnet de plongée à ouvrir.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Sauvegarder</em> - Enregistrer le carnet de plongée qui est actuellement
+ ouvert.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Enregsitrer sous</em> - Enregistrer le carnet actuel sous un nom différent.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Fermer</em> - Fermer le carnet de plongée actuellement ouvert.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Exporter</em></a> - Exporter le carnet de plongée actuellement
+ ouvert (ou les plongées sélectionnées dans le carnet) vers un des nombreux
+ formats.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Imprimer</em></a> - Imprimer le carnet de plongée actuellement
+ ouvert.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Préférences</em></a> - Définir les préférences de <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Configure"><em>Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> - Modifier la
+ configuration d’un ordinateur de plongée.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Quitter</em> - Quitter <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_importer">14.2. Importer</h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Importer depuis un l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> -
+ Importer des informations de plongées à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Importer des fichiers de log</em></a> - Importer des
+ informations de plongées à partir d’un fichier d’un format compatible avec
+ <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Importer les données GPS depis le service web Subsurface</em></a> -
+ Charge les coordonnées GPS à partir de l’application mobile <em>Subsurface</em>
+ (téléphones et tablettes).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Importer depuis Divelogs.de</em></a> - Importer des
+ informations de plongées à partir de <em>www.Divelogs.de</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_journal_log">14.3. Journal (log)</h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Ajouter une plongée</em></a> - Ajouter manuellement une nouvelle
+ plongée au panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Planifier une plongée</em></a> - Cette fonctionnalité permet de
+ planifier des plongées.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Replanifier une plongée</em></a> - Modifier une plongée planifiée qui
+ a été enregistrée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em></a> - En
+ sélectionnant cette option, vous pouvez copier les informations de plusieurs
+ champs d’un journal de plongée vers le presse-papier.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Coller les composants de la plongée</em> - Colle, dans les plongées
+ sélectionnées dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, les informations copiées au
+ préalable avec l’option <em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Renuméroter</em></a> - Renuméroter les plongées sélectionnées dans
+ le panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Group"><em>Grouper automatiquement</em></a> - Grouper les plongées du panneau de
+ <strong>liste des plongées</strong> dans des voyages de plongées.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Editer les noms des ordinateurs de plongée</em></a> - Modifier
+ les noms des ordinateurs de plongée pour faciliter vos journaux (logs).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filtrer la liste des plongées</em></a> - Sélectionner seulement
+ certaines plongées, à partir de tags ou de critères de plongées.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_vue">14.4. Vue</h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Tout</em></a> - Affiche les quatre panneaux principaux de
+ <em>Subsurface</em> simultanément.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Liste des plongées</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la
+ <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Profil</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau du <strong>profil de la
+ plongée</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Info</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau des <strong>notes de
+ plongée</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Globe</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la <strong>carte
+ mondiale</strong>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Statistiques annuelles</em> - Affiche par année le résumé des statistiques des
+ plongées effectuées.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Ordinateur précédent</em> - Passer à l’ordinateur de plongée précédent.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Ordinateur suivant</em> - Passer à l’ordinateur de plongée suivant.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Plein écran</em> - Passer en mode plein écran.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_aide">14.5. Aide</h3>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>À propos de Subsurface</em> - Affiche un panneau avec le numéro de version de
+ <em>Subsurface</em> ainsi que les informations de licence.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Vérifier les mises à jour</em> - Vérifier si une nouvelle version de
+ Subsurface est disponible sur le <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de
+ <em>Subsurface</em> </a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<a href="#S_UserSurvey"><em>User survey</em></a> - Help to make <em>Subsurface</em> even better by
+ taking part in our user survey.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<em>Manuel utilisateur</em> - Ouvre une fenêtre affichant ce manuel utilisateur.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">15. APPENDIX A: Operating system specific information for importing dive information from a dive computer.</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_make_sure_that_the_os_has_the_required_drivers_installed">15.1. Make sure that the OS has the required drivers installed</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">The operating system of the desktop computer needs the appropriate drivers
+in order to communicate with the dive computer in whichever way the dive
+computer prefers (e.g. bluetooth, USB, infra-red).</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+On Linux users need to have the correct kernel module loaded. Most
+ distributions will do this automatically, so the user does not need to load
+ kernel modules. However, some communication protocols require an additional
+ driver, especially for rarely used technology such as infra-red.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+On Windows, the OS should offer to download the correct driver once the user
+ connects the dive computer to the USB port and operating system sees the
+ equipment for the first time.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>On a Mac users sometimes have to manually hunt for the correct driver. For
+example the correct driver for the Mares Puck devices or any other dive
+computer using a USB-to-serial interface based on the Silicon Labs CP2101 or
+similar chip can be found as <em>Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip</em> at the
+<a href="http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">Silicon
+Labs document and software repository</a>.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">15.2. How to Find the Device Name for USB devices and set its write permission</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">When a user connects the dive computer by using a USB connector, usually
+<em>Subsurface</em> will either propose a drop down list that contains the correct
+device name (or mount point for the Uemis Zurich), or it will disable the
+device select drop down if no device name is needed at all. In the rare
+cases where this doesn’t work, here are some suggestions of ways to find out
+what the device name is:</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Windows :</div><p>Essayez simplement COM1, COM2, etc. La liste déroulante devrait contenir
+tous les périphériques COM connectés.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur MacOS :</div><p>La liste déroulante devrait contenir tous les ordinateurs de plongée
+connectés.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Linux :</div><p>Il existe un moyen sûr de trouver le port :</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Déconnecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Ouvrir un terminal
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Connecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Un message similaire à celui-ci devrait apparaitre :</p></div>
+<div class="literalblock">
+<div class="content">
+<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd
+usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial
+USB Serial support registered for generic
+usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic
+usbserial: USB Serial Driver core
+USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device
+ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected
+usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM
+usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2
+usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64
+usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64
+usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64
+usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3
+usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio
+ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre>
+</div></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>La troisième ligne en partant du bas montre que l’adaptateur FTDI USB est
+détecté et connecté sur <code>ttyUSB3</code>. Cette information peut à présent être
+utilisée pour les paramètres d’importation en tant que <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> pour
+que Subsurface utilise le bon port USB.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensuring that the user has write permission to the USB serial port:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>On Unix-like operating systems the USB ports can only be accessed by users
+who are members of the <code>dialout</code> group. If one is not root, one may not be a
+member of that group and will not be able to use the USB port. Let us assume
+one’s username is <em>johnB</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>As root, type: <code>usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code> (Ubuntu users: <code>sudo usermod -a
+-G dialout johnB</code>) This makes johnB a member of the <code>dialout</code> group.
+Type: <code>id johnB</code> This lists all the groups that johnB belongs to and
+verifies that
+the appropriate group membership has been created. The <code>dialout</code> group should
+be listed
+among the different IDs.
+Under some circumstances this change takes only effect (eg. on Ubuntu) after
+one logs out and then logs in again.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>With the appropriate device name (e.g. <code>dev/ttyUSB3</code>) and with write
+permission to the USB port, the dive computer interface can connect and one
+should be able to import dives.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">15.3. Setting up bluetooth enabled devices</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">For dive computers communicating through bluetooth like the Heinrichs
+Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator and Petrel there is a different
+procedure to get the devices name to communicate with <em>Subsurface</em>. Follow
+these steps:</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, ensure it is in Upload mode.</strong>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the manufacturer’s user
+guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel, select <em>Dive Log → Upload
+Log</em> and wait for the <em>Wait PC</em> message.</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<strong>Pair the <em>Subsurface</em> computer with the dive computer.</strong>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Windows :</div><p>Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer
+choose <em>Control Panel → Bluetooth Devices → Add Wireless Device</em>. This
+should bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (in Bluetooth mode) and
+allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose <em>Propertie s→ COM Ports</em> to
+identify the port used for your dive computer. If there are several ports
+listed, use the one saying "Outgoing" instead of "Incoming".</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading to <em>Subsurface</em>, the <em>Subsurface</em> drop-down list should
+contain this COM port already. If not, enter it manually.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer
+using other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur MacOS :</div><p>Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select <em>Set up Bluetooth
+Device…</em>. The dive computer should then show up in the list of
+devices. Select it and go through the pairing process. This step should only
+be needed once for initial setup.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the pairing is completed the correct device is shown in the <em>Device or
+Mount Point</em> drop-down in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Import</strong> dialog.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Linux</div><p>Ensure Bluetooth is enabled on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer. On most common
+distributions this should be true out of the box and pairing should be
+straight forward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a Bluetooth icon in the upper
+right corner of the desktop where one selects <em>Set up New Device</em>. This
+should show a dialog where one can select the dive computer (which already
+should be in Bluetooth mode) and pair it. If a PIN is required, try
+manually setting <em>0000</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>In the rare cases where the above is not true, then depending on your
+system, try <code>initd</code> or <code>systemd</code>. This might be different and also involve
+loading modules specific to your hardware. In case your system is running
+<code>systemd</code>, manually run <code>systemctl start bluetooth.service</code> to enable it, in
+case of <code>initd</code>, run something like <code>rc.config start bluetoothd</code> or
+<code>/etc/init.d/bluetooth start</code>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>One may also use a manual approach by using such commands:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<code>hciconfig</code> shows the Bluetooth devices available on your computer (not dive
+ computer), most likely one will see a hci0, if not try <code>hcitool -a</code> to see
+ inactive devices and run <code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up</code> to bring them up.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<code>hcitool scanning</code> gets a list of bluetooth enabled client devices, look for
+ the dive computer and remember the MAC address are shown there
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+<code>bluez-simple-agent hci0 10:00:E8:C4:BE:C4</code> pairs the dive computer with the
+ bluetooth stack of the <em>Subsurface</em> computer, copy/paste the MAC address
+ from the output of <em>hcitool scanning</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Unfortunately on Linux binding to a communication device has to be done
+manually by running:</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+<code>rfcomm bind /dev/rfcomm0 10:00:E8:C4:BE:C4</code> binds the dive computer to a
+ communication device in the desktop computer, in case rfcomm is already
+ taken use rfcomm1 or up. IMPORTANT: Copy/paste the MAC address from the
+ output of <code>hcitool scanning</code>, the MAC address shown above will not work.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading dives in <em>Subsurface</em> specify the device name connected to
+the MAC address in the last step above, e.g. <em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">16. APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive data.</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">16.1. Importing from Uemis Zurich</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> downloads the information stored on the SDA (the built-in file
+system of the Uemis) including information about dive spots and
+equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable. Things are very
+similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer (the Uemis is one of those
+that recharge when connected to the USB port). The main difference is that
+one does not enter a device name, but instead the location where the
+UEMISSDA file system is mounted once connected to the dive computer. On
+Windows this is a drive letter ( often <em>E:</em> or <em>F:</em>), on a Mac this is
+<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> and on Linux systems this differs depending on the
+distribution. On Fedora it usually is
+<em>/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA</em>. In all cases <em>Subsurface</em> should
+suggest the correct location in the drop down list.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting the above device name, download the dives from the Uemis
+Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich download implementation
+(this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a <em>Subsurface</em> issue) is that one
+cannot download more than about 40-50 dives without running out of memory on
+the SDA. This will usually only happen the very first time one downloads
+dives from the Uemis Zurich. Normally when downloading at the end of a day
+or even after a dive trip, the capacity is sufficient. If <em>Subsurface</em>
+displays an error that the dive computer ran out of space the solution is
+straight forward. Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and
+reconnect it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the
+download will continue where it stopped previously. One may have to do this
+more than once, depending on how many dives are stored on the dive computer.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">16.2. Importing from Uwatec Galileo</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication between
+the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses a USB dongle
+based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the MSC7780 IrDA controller
+manufactured by MosChip and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics
+companies. Under Linux, the kernel already provides for communication using
+the IrDA protocol. However, the user additionally needs to load a driver for
+the IrDA interface with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the
+<strong>irda-tools</strong> package from the
+<a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>. After
+the installation of the irda-tools, the <strong>root user</strong> can specify a device
+name from the console as follows: <code>irattach irda0</code></td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After executing this command, Subsurface will recognise the Galileo dive
+computer and download dive information.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are
+available from some Internet web sites e.g.
+<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not available
+for OSX 10.6 or higher.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">16.3. Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF
+file for every dive. Mark all the dives you’d like to import or open.
+Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information,
+so for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient
+factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay
+in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco
+calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on
+the DR5.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ImportingXDeep">16.4. Importing from xDEEP BLACK</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Each dive has to be individually saved as UDDF file using "Export UDDF"
+option in BLACK’s logbook menu. When mounted as a USB drive UDDF files are
+available in LOGBOOK directory. Note: The xDEEP BLACK saves NDL time but
+does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so for
+<em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient factors
+in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the
+<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated
+by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the xDEEP
+BLACK.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_importing_from_shearwater_predator_using_bluetooth">16.5. Importing from Shearwater Predator using Bluetooth</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Using a Shearwater Predator one may be able to pair Bluetooth but then
+encounter issues when downloading, showing errors like <em>Slip RX: unexp. SLIP
+END</em> on the Predator. This might also arise when using other dive log
+software and operating systems other than Linux. We have no detailed idea
+about the source and how to fix this, but it is reported to be solved
+sometimes by one of these steps:</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+use the Bluetooth dongle which came with the Shearwater Predator instead of
+ the built-in one of the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+switch to different Bluetooth drivers for the same hardware
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+switch off WiFi while using Bluetooth
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">16.6. Importing from Poseidon MkVI Discovery</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom
+communications adapter and the <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>,
+obtained when purchasing the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows
+application allowing configuration of equipment and storage of dive
+logs. Communication between dive computer and desktop computer utilises the
+IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive can be downloaded at a time,
+comprising three files:</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt
+ extension)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Dive log details (file with a .csv extension)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed
+ version of the dive log using a proprietary format.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> accesses the .txt and the .csv files to obtain dive log
+information.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_importing_from_apd_inspiration_ccr">16.7. Importing from APD Inspiration CCR</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are
+downloaded using a communications adapter and <em>AP Communicator</em>, obtained
+when purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the <em>AP Log
+Viewer</em>, within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and
+managed from within <em>Subsurface</em> (together with dives using many other types
+of dive computer). The APD inspiration dive logs are imported into
+<em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Open a dive within the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "<em>Data</em>".
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+If the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "<em>Copy to Clipboard</em>".
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows), TextWrangler (Mac).
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text
+ file with a filename extension of .CSV
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Within <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to open the
+ <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue, select "<em>CSV
+ files</em>".
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+On the list of file names select the .CSV file that has been created
+ above. An import dialogue opens.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+In the dropdown list on the middle right labeled '<em>Pre-configured imports</em>",
+ select <em>APD Log Viewer</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Ensure the other settings for the ADP dive log are appropriate, then select
+ <em>OK</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The APD dive log will appear within <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_appendix_c_exporting_dive_log_information_from_external_dive_log_software">17. APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly
+performed using the dialogue found by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu,
+then clicking on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This is a single-step process, more
+information about which can be found <a href="#Unified_import">here.</a> However, in
+some cases, a two-step process may be required:</p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from
+ <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Import the accessible dive log data into <em>Subsurface</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log
+data from foreign dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to
+Linux and/or Windows.</p></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">17.1. Exporting from <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)</strong></h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers.
+Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent
+Suunto dive computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The
+different versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file
+naming conventions to export dive log data.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+Start <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> and log in with the name containing the logs
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the
+ appropriate dives.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later:
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+To select certain dives: hold <em>ctrl</em> and click the dive
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and
+ select the last dive
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+With the dives marked, use the program menu <em>File → Export</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called
+ <em>Export Path</em>.
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click the browse button next to the field Export Path
+</p>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+A file-manager like window pops up
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Navigate to the directory for storing the
+ Divelog.SDE file
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Optionally change the name of the file for saving
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click <em>Save</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Back in the Export pop-up, press the button <em>Export</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs. To export a
+divelog from Divemanager one needs to locate the DM4/DM5 database where the
+dives are stored. the user can either look for the original database or make
+a backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:</p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+Start Suunto DM4/DM5
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Select <em>Help → About</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click <em>Copy</em> after text <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Now open Windows Explorer
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:</p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+Start Suunto DM4/DM5
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Select <em>File - Create backup</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we’ll use
+ DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click <em>Save</em>
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak)
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_exporting_from_atomic_logbook">17.2. Exporting from Atomic Logbook</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock" id="Atomic_Export">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="./images/icons/note.png" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Atomic Logbook is a Windows software by Atomic Aquatics. It allows
+downloading of dive information from Cobalt and Cobalt 2 dive computers.
+The divelog is kept in a SQlite database at
+C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. This file can be
+directly imported to Subsurface.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_exporting_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">17.3. Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock" id="Mares_Export">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Mares Dive Organiser is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a
+Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a <em>.sdf</em> filename extension. The
+database includes all Dive Organiser-registered divers on the particular
+computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to obtain a copy
+of the dive database is to export the information to another compatible
+format which can be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+Within Dive Organiser, select <em>Database → Backup</em> from the main menu and
+ back up the database to the desk top. This creates a zipped file
+ DiveOrganiserxxxxx.dbf.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Rename the file to DiveOrganiserxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a
+ file <em>DiveOrganiser.sdf</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Extract the <em>.sdf</em> file from the zipped folder to your Desktop.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+The password for accessing the .zip file is <em>mares</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="S_ImportingDivingLog">17.4. Exporting from <strong>DivingLog 5.0</strong></h3>
+<div class="admonitionblock">
+<table><tr>
+<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
+</td>
+<td class="content">Unfortunately DivingLog XML files give us no indication on the preferences
+set on one’s system. So in order for <em>Subsurface</em> to be able to successfully
+import XML files from DivingLog one first needs to ensure that DivingLog is
+configured to use the Metric system (one can easily change this within
+Diving Log by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Units and Language</em> by
+clicking the <em>Metric</em> button). Then do the following:</td>
+</tr></table>
+</div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+In DivingLog open the <em>File → Export → XML</em> menu
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Select the dives to export
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click on the export button and select the filename
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="S_Appendix_D">18. APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers keep a diving log in some form of a digital file, commonly a
+spreadsheet with various fields of information. These logs can be easily
+imported into <em>Subsurface</em> after the spreadsheet is converted in a .CSV
+file. This section explains the procedure to convert a diving logbook
+stored in a spreadsheet to a .CSV file that will later be imported from
+<em>Subsurface</em>. Creating a .CSV is a straightforward task, although the
+procedure is somewhat different according to which spreadsheet program is
+used.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The first step is to organize the diving data in the spreadsheet, so that
+the first row contains the names (or titles) of each column and the
+information for each dive is stored in a single row. <em>Subsurface</em> supports
+many data items (Dive #, Date, Time, Duration, Location, GPS, Max Depth,
+Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight and Tags). The user can organize dive data
+following a few simple rules:</p></div>
+<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
+<li>
+<p>
+Date: use one of the following formats: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Duration: the format should be minutes:seconds.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Unit system: only one unit system shold be used (i.e., no mixture between
+ imperial and metric units)
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Tags and buddies: values should be separated using a comma.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+GPS position: users must use decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 30.821798
+</p>
+</li>
+</ol></div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_em_libreoffice_calc_em_and_em_openoffice_calc_em">18.1. <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> and <em>OpenOffice Calc</em></h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open
+source office suite applications. The user interaction with <em>LibreOffice</em>
+and <em>OpenOffice</em> is very similar. In Libreoffice Calc the time format
+should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one
+of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like
+this:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Spreadsheet data" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click <em>File →
+Save As</em>. On the dialogue that comes up, select the <em>Text CSV (.csv)</em> as the
+file type and select the option <em>Edit filter settings</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Save as options" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting <em>Save</em>, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose <em>Tab</em>
+to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point),
+then select <em>OK</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Field options" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and
+then import the dive data as explained on the section
+<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">18.2. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>The field delimiter (called "<em>list separator</em>" in Microsoft manuals) is not
+accessible from within <em>Excel</em> and needs to be set through the <em>Microsoft
+Control Panel</em>. After changing the separator character, all software on the
+Windows machine use the new character as a separator. One can change the
+character back to the default character by following the same procedure,
+outlined below.</p></div>
+<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<li>
+<p>
+In Microsoft Windows, click the <strong>Start</strong> button, and then select <em>Control
+ Panel</em> from the list on the right-hand side.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Open the <em>Regional and Language Options</em> dialog box.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Do one of the following: <strong> In Windows 7, click the <em>Formats</em> tab, and then
+ click <em>Customize this format</em>. </strong> In Windows XP, click the <em>Regional
+ Options</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize</em>.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Type a new separator in the <em>List separator</em> box. To use a TAB-delimited
+ file, type the word TAB in the box.
+</p>
+</li>
+<li>
+<p>
+Click <em>OK</em> twice.
+</p>
+</li>
+</ul></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of the <em>Control Panel</em>:</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Win List separator" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the dive log in CSV format:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>With the dive log opened in <em>Excel</em>, select the round Windows button at the
+top left, then <em>Save As</em>.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save as option" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the left-hand part of the <em>Save as</em> option, NOT on the arrow on the
+right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the spreadsheet in an
+alternative format. From the dropdown list at the bottom of the dialogue,
+marked <em>Save as Type:</em>, select <em>CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)</em>. Ensure that
+the appropriate folder has been selected to save the CSV file into.</p></div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
+<div class="content">
+<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue" />
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Save</em> button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the folder
+that was selected. One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a
+text editor, and then import the dive data as explained on the section
+<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect1">
+<h2 id="_appendix_e_faqs">19. APPENDIX E: FAQs.</h2>
+<div class="sectionbody">
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_subsurface_appears_to_miscalculate_gas_consumption_and_sac">19.1. Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC</h3>
+<div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Question</em>: I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending
+with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what <em>Subsurface</em>
+calculates. Is <em>Subsurface</em> miscalculating?</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Not really. What happens is that <em>Subsurface</em> actually calculates
+gas consumption differently - and better - than you expect. In particular,
+it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account. Traditionally, Gas
+consumption and SAC should be: <code>consumption = tank size x (start pressure -
+end pressure)</code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>and that’s true for an ideal gas, and it’s what you get taught in dive
+theory. But an "ideal gas" doesn’t actually exist, and real gases actually
+don’t compress linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that
+one atmosphere of pressure isn’t actually one bar. So the <strong>real</strong>
+calculation is:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)</code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>where the amount of air is <strong>not</strong> just "tank size times pressure in bar".
+It’s a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a
+fairly small issue under 220 bar - you’ll see more differences when you do
+high-pressure tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the
+majority of your discrepancy). Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without
+the compressibility, your gas use is:</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple
+calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM. The
+compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down about
+eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface
+pressure.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated. Or
+be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did. And as
+mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really starts
+becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not
+contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts
+pretty much like an ideal gas.</p></div>
+</div>
+<div class="sect2">
+<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_have_time_discrepancies_with_the_recorded_samples_from_my_dive_computer_8230">19.2. Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer…</h3>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth,
+divetime, SAC, etc). <em>Question</em>: Why do dive durations in my dive computer
+differ from that given by <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to
+trigger the "dive started") but then come back up and wait five minutes for
+your buddies, your dive computer may say that your dive is 50 minutes long -
+because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but subsurface will say
+it’s 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes. It’s
+even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW
+dives, when you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it
+at the surface. And then you don’t want that to count as some kind of long
+dive”.</p></div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+</div>
+<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div>
+<div id="footer">
+<div id="footer-text">
+Last updated 2015-02-04 07:41:58 PST
+</div>
+</div>
+</body>
+</html>
|